WILSON LANE REHABILITATION

Transcription

WILSON LANE REHABILITATION
PROJECT MANUAL
WILSON LANE REHABILITATION
PROJECT # SOLB 16-07
PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AVAILABLE: JUNE 6, 2016
PRE-BID CONFERENCE: JUNE 16, 2016 AT 10:00 A.M
BIDS DUE: JUNE 30, 2016 AT 3:00 P.M
OWNER:
CITY OF SOLDOTNA
177 N. BIRCH STREET
SOLDOTNA, AK 99669
(907) 262-9107
CONTRACTOR:
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
SOLB 16-07
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1
BIDDING DOCUMENTS
• Invitation to bid
• Instructions to bidders
• Bid form
• Bid Bond
• Tax compliance form
SECTION 2
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
• Sample agreement
• Payment bond
• Performance bond
• Lien release
SECTION 3
GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION 4
TITLE 36 WAGE SCHEDULE
Alaska Department of Labor Pamphlet 600
SECTION 5
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 6
DRAWINGS
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1
BIDDING DOCUMENTS
Invitation to Bid
Instructions to Bidders
Bid Form
Bid Bond
Tax Compliance Form
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 1 of 16
SECTION 1 Bidding Documents
INVITATION TO BID
CITY OF SOLDOTNA
177 NORTH BIRCH STREET
SOLDOTNA, ALASKA 99669
Phone 907•262•9107
The City of Soldotna hereby invites qualified firms to submit a firm price for acceptance by the
City for the Wilson Lane Rehabilitation.
The scope of work includes removal and replacement of 3-inch thick asphalt pavement on
Wilson Lane, curb ramp upgrades and repairs to existing sidewalk, curb and underground
utilities.
A non-mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at City Hall, 177 North Birch St.
Soldotna, AK on June 16, 2016 at 10:00 A.M. Attendance at the pre-bid is not required.
This contract is subject to the provision of State of Alaska, Title 36, Minimum Wage Rates. The
subsequent contract will require certificates of insurance and may require performance and
payment bonds.
One (1) complete set of the bid package is to be submitted to the City of Soldotna at 177 North
Birch Street, Soldotna, Alaska 99669. These forms must be enclosed in a sealed envelope with
the bidder’s name on the outside and clearly marked:
BID:
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation SOLB 16-07
DUE DATE: June 30, 2016 at 3:00 P.M
The project documents may be obtained from the City of Soldotna beginning June 6, 2016
for a non-refundable fee of $10.60. An additional non-refundable fee of $5.00 will be required if
mailing is requested. Project documents may be downloaded from the City of Soldotna web site
at: www.soldotna.org. It is not required to be on the planholders list to bid on City of Soldotna
projects. To receive project addendums, you must be on the planholders list. To be placed on the
planholders list, please contact Suzanne Lagasse either by phone (714-1241) or
email publicworks@soldotna.org. Downloading projects from the City web site does not
automatically put you on the planholders list.
Peninsula Clarion: June 6, 9 and 12
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 2 of 16
SECTION 1 Bidding Documents
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. GENERAL
These instructions specify the form and procedures for the submission of a complete and acceptable bid.
(See Bid Form.)
2. EVIDENCE OF QUALIFICATIONS
Upon request of the Owner, a Bidder whose Bid is under consideration for the award of the Agreement
shall submit promptly to the Owner satisfactory evidence of the Bidder's financial resources, their
experience, their performance in completing other projects of a similar nature, and the organization and
equipment they have available for the performance of the Agreement.
3. BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS
Before the Bid is considered for award, the City Engineer reserves the right to determine whether or not a
Bidder is responsible and to require the Bidder to complete a Bidder Qualification Form and/or a current
financial statement prepared by a Certified Public Accountant. The City Engineer shall determine whether
a Bidder is responsible on the basis of the following criteria:
• The skill and experience demonstrated by the Bidder in performing Agreements of a similar
nature.
• The Bidder's record for honesty and integrity.
• The Bidder's capacity to perform in terms of facilities, personnel, and financing.
• The Bidder's past performance under City Agreements. If the Bidder has failed in any material
way to perform its obligations under any Agreement with the City, the Bidder may be determined
as a non-responsible Bidder.
• A Bidder's representations concerning their qualifications will be construed as a covenant under
the Agreement. Should it appear that the Bidder has made a material misrepresentation, the City
shall have the right to terminate the Agreement for the Contractor's breach, and the City may then
pursue such remedies as provided in the Agreement Documents or as provided by state statute,
City code, or as appropriate.
Any determination that a Bidder is non-responsible will be made by the City Engineer. Such
determination will be made in writing to the Bidder setting forth the reasons for such determination.
4. CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK
The Bidder shall examine carefully the site of the proposed work and the Bidding Documents before
submitting a Bid. The submission of a Bid shall be an admission that the Bidder has made such
examination and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered in performing the work and as to the
requirements and accuracy of the Bidding Documents.
The City assumes no responsibility for any understanding or representations concerning conditions made
by any of its officers, agents, or employees prior to the execution of this Agreement, unless such
understanding or representations are expressly stated in the Bidding Documents or Addenda.
The Bidder shall include in their Bid sufficient sums to cover all items required by the Agreement and the
conditions of the site(s), and shall rely entirely upon their own examination in making their Bid. The
submission of a Bid shall be taken as prima facie evidence of compliance with this paragraph.
If material required for bidding purposes by these documents is absent, the bidder is required to notify the
City Engineer by facsimile (866) 594-7658, or by e-mail to kkornelis@soldotna.org
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 3 of 16
SECTION 1 Bidding Documents
5. SECURITY TO BE FURNISHED BY BIDDER
If the bid exceeds $100,000 the following apply: Certified check, bank cashier’s check, or bid bond, made
payable to the City of Soldotna in an amount equal to five (5%) percent of the total bid, shall accompany
each bid as evidence of good faith, a guarantee that if awarded the contract, the Bidder will execute the
contract and give bond as required. All Bidder’s checks or bid bonds will be retained until the successful
bidder has entered into a satisfactory contract and furnished bonds, as required. The successful Bidder
shall furnish the Owner a Performance and Payment bond in the full amount of the Agreement and shall
maintain the Bond in force during the continuance of the Agreement. The bonds must be furnished prior
to the Owner’s execution of the contract. The Bond shall be for the faithful performance of the
Agreement in all respects including, but not limited to, payments for all materials and labor. All
alterations, extensions of time, additional work, and other changes authorized by the Agreement
Documents may be made without securing the consent of the Surety or Sureties. Power-of-Attorney for
the person signing the Bond for the Surety must be submitted with the Bond. These bonds, in whatever
amount required by the specific contract, shall be administered and deemed governed by the provisions of
Alaska Statutes Title 36, Chapter 25, and shall comply with all requirements for payment and submission
of claims as provided by that chapter.
6. LICENSING
Section 43.70.020 of the Alaska State Statutes requires that all businesses wishing to engage in business
in Alaska obtain a license. All bidders are required to furnish, on the Bid Form, a current, valid Alaska
Business License Number and if applicable, a current, valid Contractor’s License Number, Specialty
Contractor License Number, etc. Failure to submit all required information on the Bid Form may result in
rejection of the Contractor’s bid.
7. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
City of Soldotna Code requires that businesses or individuals contracting to do business with the City be
in compliance with Kenai Peninsula Borough tax provisions. No contract will be awarded to any
individual or business who is found to be in violation of the Kenai Peninsula Borough Code of
Ordinances in the several areas of taxation. The Kenai Peninsula Borough Tax Compliance Certificate
must be signed by the bidder and submitted with the bid. Bids submitted without a completed Tax
Compliance Certificate may be considered nonresponsive.
8. INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTIONS OF BID DOCUMENTS
Bidders shall notify the City Engineer promptly of any error, omission, or inconsistency that may be
discovered during examination of the Bid Documents and the proposed work site. Requests from Bidders
for interpretation or clarification of the Bid Documents shall be made in writing to the City Engineer and
shall arrive no later than 5:00 on June 23, 2016. Questions may be faxed to 866-594-7658 or emailed to
publicworks@soldotna.org. The subject line of the email must read, Wilson Lane Rehabilitation.
Oral questions may be presented at a pre-bid conference if one is provided for in the Bid Documents.
Interpretations, corrections, or changes, if any, to the Bid Documents shall be made by Addendum.
Bidders shall not rely upon interpretations, corrections, and changes made in any other manner, including
orally, at the pre-bid conference. Interpretations, corrections, and changes shall not be binding unless
included in an Addendum. All Addenda issued during the time of bidding shall become part of the
Agreement Documents. Questions or requests for clarifications shall be directed to the City Engineer.
Questions or requests for clarification directed to any other member of the City staff may be grounds for
rejection of bid as being irregular. Only written interpretations or corrections by addendum shall be
binding, and no other forms of interpretation or correction will be binding on the City.
It is the Bidder’s sole responsibility to ascertain that they have received all Addenda issued by the City.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 4 of 16
SECTION 1 Bidding Documents
Addenda will be issued electronically and/or by facsimile. All Addenda must be acknowledged in the
space provided on the Bid Form. If no Addendum has been issued, leave blank or write or type "N/A" on
the Bid Form in the space provided.
9. SUBSTITUTIONS.
Substitution requests must be submitted in accordance with Section 8, Interpretation or Corrections of Bid
Documents. Substitution requests must comply with the requirements of the contract documents and
specifications.
10. PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF BIDS
•
Bids must be received by no later than the time and at the place stated in the Invitation to Bid,
177 North Birch Street, Soldotna, Alaska 99669.
•
Bids must be submitted on the bid form furnished. Bids must be completed in ink or by
typewriter, and must be manually signed by an authorized person. If erasures or other changes
appear on the forms, the person signing the bid must initial each erasure or change in ink.
•
Bids shall specify a unit or lump sum price, typed or written in ink in figures, for each bid item
called for. In case of error in the extension of prices, the unit price will govern. Bids may be
rejected if they show any omissions, alteration of the forms, additions not called for, conditional
or alternate bids not called for, qualified bids, or irregularities of any kind. In the event there is a
conflict between the numerical price and written price, the written price will govern.
o It is expressly agreed that the quantities shown in the Bid Form, whether for a "Unit Price
Bid" or in connection with a "Lump Sum Bid" given under the heading "Bid Form"' are
approximate only for use as a basis for comparison of Bids and are not to be taken to be
either representations or warranties. The Owner does not expressly, nor by implication,
agree that the actual amount of work will correspond therewith.
•
The Bid Form invites bids on definite plans and specifications. Only the amounts and
information asked for on the Bid Form will be considered as the bid. Each bidder shall bid upon
the work exactly as specified and as requested on the Bid Form, and bidders shall bid upon all
alternates as indicated. When bidding on an alternate for which there is no charge, Bidder Shall
Write the words “no charge” in the space provided.
•
One (1) complete set of the bid package (which shall include the Bid Form, completed Tax
Compliance Certificate, and bid schedule, if applicable) shall be completely sealed in an envelope
clearly marked with the Bidder’s company name and the following:
Bid: Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Due Date: June 30, 2016 at 3:00 P.M
•
•
Bids received without all the required documents may be considered non-responsive. Bids
received after the closing time will be considered non-responsive and will not be read.
No responsibility shall be attached to the owner for the premature opening of, or the failure to
open a bid not properly addressed and identified.
Please note that overnight delivery from the lower 48 states is generally not available. Prospective bidders
should anticipate a minimum of two to three days delivery time for express, priority or expedited delivery
services.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 5 of 16
SECTION 1 Bidding Documents
11. MODIFICATION OF BIDS
Bid modifications will be accepted by the City, and binding upon the Bidder, where the modification:
•
Is received by the Owner at the place designated for submission of bids prior to the deadline.
•
Is sealed in an envelope clearly stating “Bid Modification,” the name of the project, and the
Bidder’s company name.
•
Is signed by the same individual who signed the original bid.
The modification document shall include a photocopy of each page of the original bid which Bidder seeks
to modify, with the modification and the Bidder’s signature clearly set out in ink on each page. Facsimile
modification documents will be accepted within the sealed envelope provided that the Bidder’s signature
is clearly legible.
Should there be more than one bid modification from a Bidder, the last modification received prior to the
deadline shall be opened and applied to the bid. All earlier modifications shall be returned to the Bidder
unopened.
Any modification which fails to meet any requirement of this section shall be rejected, and the bid shall
be considered as if no modification had been attempted.
12. WITHDRAWAL OF BID
At any time prior to scheduled closing time for receipt of bids, any bidder may withdraw their bid, either
personally or by written request.
After the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids, no bidder will be permitted to withdraw their bid
unless Notice of Award is delayed for a period exceeding Forty-Five (45) days.
13. ACCEPTANCE – REJECTION OF BIDS
The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive minor irregularities in any bids or in the
bidding procedure, and to accept any bid presented which meets or exceeds said specifications and which
is deemed to be in the best interest of the City. However, the requirements for timeliness and manual
signatures shall not be waived. The City is not obligated to accept the lowest bid and is not responsible
for bid preparation costs.
14. EXECUTION OF CONTRACTS
The successful bidder shall be required to execute a contract for the work within ten (10) days after
receiving the contract documents from Owner; if Contractor does not return executed copies within this
time, then, at the option of Owner, the bid may be rejected.
15. AWARD OF CONTRACT
It is the intent of the City to award the bid to the lowest, qualified, responsive and responsible bidder.
Unless otherwise stated in the Bid Documents, the Agreement, if awarded, shall be awarded to the
responsible Bidder who submits the lowest responsive bid. When Bid Documents contain a base bid and
alternates, only the total of the base bid and the alternates to be awarded shall be used to determine the
low bidder.
The amount of the Agreement shall be the total sum of the amounts computed from the estimated
quantities and unit prices and/or the lump sum awarded by the City Engineer and specified in the
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 6 of 16
SECTION 1 Bidding Documents
Agreement.
On all Bids, Notice of Award or rejection will be given within Forty-Five (45) days of Bid opening. The
notice will be in writing and signed by the City Engineer. A Notice of Intent to Award, and no other act
of the City or its representatives, constitutes an acceptance of a Bid. The acceptance of a Bid shall bind
the successful Bidder to execute the Agreement.
16. CONFLICTS OF INTERESTS
No member of the governing body of City or other officer, employee or agent of the City who exercises
any functions or responsibilities in connection with the carrying out of the project shall have any personal
interests, direct or indirect, in any ensuing contract as a result of this Invitation to Bid, without first
disclosing his/her potential conflict, by submitting a letter to the City Clerk’s Office establishing their
“intent to do business with the City”. The contractor for itself and its principal employees, officers,
agents, directors or shareholders covenants that neither the contractor nor any of the listed classes of
individuals has nor shall acquire any interest, direct or indirect, in the project, direct or indirect, to which
the contract pertains which would conflict in any manner or degree with the performance of its work
hereunder. The selected bidder further covenants that in its performance of the contract no person having
such interest shall be employed, without first disclosing his/her potential conflict.
17. APPEAL PROCESS
Any aggrieved bidder may, within five days after an award of contract, appeal to the city council for a
hearing, with notice to interested parties, for redetermination and final award in accordance with law.
18. LOCAL BIDDERS PREFERENCE
As per Section 3.06.060 of Soldotna Municipal Code, The City has a local bidder preference. An award
should be made to the lowest responsible bidder after advertising for bids, except that a bid shall be
awarded to a local bidder if the bid is not more than five percent higher than the lowest nonresident
bidder’s bid. A “local bidder,” for the purpose of bid awards under this section is a person who:
1. Holds a current Alaska business license and Kenai Peninsula Borough sales tax certificate of
registration and who is not a delinquent account with respect to any state or local tax, assessment
or user charge;
1. Submits a bid for goods or services under the name as appearing on the person’s current Alaska
business license; and
2. Has maintained a place of business within the Kenai Peninsula Borough for a period of six
months immediately preceding the date of the bid.
The provisions of this section relative to a “local bidder” do not apply when the difference between the
lowest responsible bid and the lowest local responsible bid is greater than five thousand dollars
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 7 of 16
SECTION 1 Bidding Documents
BID FORM
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
SOLB 16-07
I have received Addenda No(s) ________ and have included their provisions in my bid.
I have examined both the documents and the site, and submit the following bid:
1.
2.
3.
4.
To hold my bid open forty-five (45) consecutive calendar days.
To accept the provisions of the Instructions to Bidders.
To enter into and execute a contract, if awarded, on the basis of my proposal.
To furnish all labor and materials and to accomplish the work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
5. To accomplish Substantial Completion on or before September 30, 2016.
Firm Name
Address
City:
State
Telephone
Fax
Representative
Title
Signature
Date
Email Address
Cell Phone
Zip
BIDDER’S DECLARATION & UNDERSTANDING
The Bidder further declares that the only person or parties interested in the Bid are those named herein,
that this Bid is, in all respects, fair and without fraud, that it is made without collusion with any official of
the CITY OF SOLDOTNA, and that the Bid is made without any connection or collusion with any person
submitting another Bid on this Contract.
DOCUMENTS TO SUBMIT WITH THIS BID
1.
2.
3.
4.
Bid Form
Bid Schedule (if applicable)
A KPB Tax Compliance Certificate signed by the contractor
Bid Bond (5% of Bid, if bid exceeds $100,000) and Power of Attorney
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 8 of 16
SECTION 1 Bidding Documents
DOCUMENTS THE CITY OF SOLDOTNA IS TO RECEIVE WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER
NOTICE OF AWARD
The bidder agrees that if this bid is accepted he will deliver to the City of Soldotna, within 10 calendar
days of Notice of Award, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Performance Bond (100% of contract)
Labor and material Payment bond (100% of contract)
Necessary Power-of-Attorney
The contractor's Certificate of Insurance (See Section C: 7.2.5 for requirements)
Corporate Acknowledgment (if applicable)
Contractor’s questionnaire (if required)
Copy of business license
Copy of contractor’s license
A contract shall not be formed and no rights shall exist under the contract until the final contract is fully
executed by all parties. Bidder agrees to commence work immediately upon full execution and filing of
the contract or such later time where work is to commence upon a notice to proceed, adhere to the
proposed schedule, and to assist the CITY in securing the expeditious execution of work.
If awarded a contract, contractor agrees to execute and perform the contract in accordance with the
request for bids and consultant’s bid.
By executing this bid I certify that I have authority to bind the contractor or contracting firm or other
business entity submitting this bid.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - Bid Schedule
Item
Pay Item
Pay unit
Qty
20.02A
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
Lump Sum
1
20.07
Removal of Concrete Sidewalk
Linear Foot
113
20.08
Removal of Concrete Curb & Gutter
Linear Foot
299
20.09
Removal of Pavement
Square Yard
36
20.22
Leveling Course
Ton
350
20.26
Insulation Board (R-9)
Square Foot
140
20.27
Reconstruct Driveway (Asphalt)
Square Yard
36
30.02-1
P.C.C Curb & Gutter (Type 1)
Linear Foot
239.5
30.02-4
P.C.C Curb & Gutter (Type 4)
Linear Foot
59.5
30.03A
P.C.C. Sidewalk (4' wide 4-Inch thick,
standard finish)
Square Yard
25.77
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Unit Price
Amount
Page 9 of 16
SECTION 1 Bidding Documents
Item
Pay Item
Pay unit
Qty
Square Yard
14.66
30.03B
P.C.C. Sidewalk (4' wide 6-Inch thick,
standard finish, Driveway locations)
30.04A
P.C.C Curb Ramp
Each
7
40.06
Asphalt Concrete Pavement, ADOT
Type II Class A, 3-inch thick
Ton
1280
50.10
Sanitary Sewer Service (4-Inch)
Each
1
50.18
Adjust Sanitary Sewer Manhole
Each
2
55.12
Adjust Catch Basin to Finish Grade
Each
2
Each
2
Each
2
Each
1
Each
2
Each
2
Construction Survey
Lump Sum
1
70.10B
Traffic Markings Yellow 4"
Linear Foot
4100
70.10B
Traffic Markings White 24"
Linear Foot
254
70.11
Standard Sign
Square Foot
12
75.03
Furnish and Place Topsoil (4-Inch
Depth)
MSF
2
75.04
Furnish and Place Seeding (Schedule D)
MSF
2
90.04
Traffic Maintenance
Lump Sum
1
90.15
Existing Utilities in Construction Zone
Lump Sum
1
90.17
Mobilization & Demobilization
Lump Sum
1
90.20
Miscellaneous Work
Contingent
Sum
1
60.04A
60.04B
60.06
60.14A
60.14B
65.02
Furnish and Install Fire Hydrants to
Water Main
Furnish and Install Fire Hydrants To
Valve
Furnish and Install 6-Inch Water
Service Line
Remove and Salvage Existing Fire
Hydrant to Water Main
Remove and Salvage Existing Fire
Hydrant to Valve
Unit Price
$15,000.00
Amount
$15,000.00
Total Bid Schedule
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 10 of 16
SECTION 1 Bidding Documents
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation Additive Alternate No. 1
Item
Pay Item
20.02A
Pay Unit
Qty
Unit Price
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
Lump Sum
1
20.07
Removal of Concrete Sidewalk
Linear Foot
121
20.08
Removal of Concrete Curb & Gutter
Linear Foot
121
20.09
Removal of Pavement
Square Yard
1940
20.22
Leveling Course
Ton
100
20.27
Reconstruct Driveway (Asphalt)
Square Yard
111
P.C.C Curb & Gutter (Type 4)
Linear Foot
121
Square Yard
54
Ton
390
Construction Survey
Lump Sum
1
Traffic Markings Yellow 4"
Linear Foot
1074
70.12
Traffic Maintenance
Lump Sum
1
75.03
Furnish and Place Topsoil (4-Inch
Depth)
MSF
0.5
75.04
Furnish and Place Seeding (Schedule D)
MSF
0.5
90.17
Mobilization & Demobilization
Lump Sum
1
30.02-4
30.03B
40.06
65.02
70.10B
P.C.C. Sidewalk (4' wide 6-Inch thick,
standard finish, Driveway locations)
Asphalt Concrete Pavement, ADOT
Type II Class A, 3-inch thick
Amount
Total Additive Alternate No. 1
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 11 of 16
SECTION 1 Bidding Documents
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation Additive Alternate No. 2
Item
Pay item
Pay Unit
Qty
Unit Price
20.07
Removal of Concrete Sidewalk
Linear Foot
484
20.08
Removal of Concrete Curb & Gutter
Linear Foot
484
20.09
Removal of Pavement
Square Yard
459
20.27
Reconstruct Driveway (Asphalt)
Square Yard
459
30.02-1
P.C.C Curb & Gutter (Type 1)
Linear Foot
43
30.02-4
P.C.C Curb & Gutter (Type 4)
Linear Foot
441
Square Yard
19
Square Yard
196
30.03A
30.03B
P.C.C. Sidewalk (4' wide 4-Inch thick,
standard finish)
P.C.C. Sidewalk (4' wide 6-Inch thick,
standard finish, Driveway locations)
Amount
Total Additive Alternate No. 2
BASE BID: (all work of the base bid in accordance with Specifications and Drawings)
Amount in numeric form:
$
Amount written in Words:
Additive Alternate No. 1
Amount in numeric form:
$
Amount written in Words:
Additive Alternate No.2
Amount in numeric form:
$
Amount written in Words:
Licensing Information:
Alaska Business License #
Contractor’s License #
Specialty Contractor License # (if applicable):
Firm Name
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 12 of 16
SECTION 1 Bidding Documents
BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Name of Contractor)
(Address of Contractor)
as Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and
(Name of Surety)
(Address of Surety)
a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Alaska as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound
unto City of Soldotna
(Name of Owner)
177 N. Birch Street, Soldotna, AK 99669
(Address of Owner)
as Obligee, hereinafter called Obligee, in the sum of
Dollars,
($
) for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said
Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these
presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for the City of Soldotna ___________________________________ located in
Soldotna, Alaska.
NOW THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the
Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract
Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and
material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such
bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified
in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered
by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
Signed and Sealed this
day of
201_
(Principal)
Seal
(Title)
Seal
(Surety)
Seal
(Witness)
(Witness)
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 13 of 16
SECTION 1 Bidding Documents
STATE OF ALASKA
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR & WORKFORCE
DEVELOPMENT ALASKA EMPLOYMENT
PREFERENCE INFORMATION
By authority of A.S. 36.10.150 and 8 AAC 30.064, the Commissioner of Labor and Workforce
Development has determined the State of Alaska to be a Zone of Underemployment. A
Zone of Underemployment requires that Alaska residents who are eligible under AS
36.10.140 be given a minimum of 90 percent employment preference on public works
contracts throughout the state in certain job classifications. This 90 percent Alaska resident
hiring preference applies on a project-by-project, craft-by-craft or occupational basis
and must be met each workweek by each contractor/subcontractor in each of the
following classifications:
Boilermakers
Bricklayers
Carpenters
Cement Masons
Culinary Workers
Electricians
Engineers and Architects
Equipment Operators
Foremen & Supervisors
Insulation Workers
Ironworkers
Laborers
Mechanics
Millwrights
Painters
Piledriving Occupations
Plumbers & Pipefitters
Roofers
Sheet Metal Workers
Surveyors
Truck Drivers
Tug Boat Workers
Welders
This determination became effective July 1, 2015, and remains in effect through June
30, 2017. This determination will be applied to projects with a bid submission deadline
on or after July 1, 2015 and to projects previously covered by the 2013 Alaska
employment preference determination. This will afford contractors an opportunity to
consider the impacts of Alaska resident hire in their bids.
The first person on a certified payroll in any classification is called the "first worker" and
is not required to be an Alaskan resident. However, once the contractor adds any more
workers in the classification, then all workers in the classification are counted, and the
90 percent calculation is applied to compute the number of required Alaskans to be
in compliance. To compute the number of Alaskan residents required in a workweek
in a particular classification, multiply the total number of workers in the classification by
90 percent. The result is then rounded down to the nearest whole number to determine
the number of Alaskans that must be employed in that classification.
If a worker works in more than one classification during a week, the classification in
which they spent the most time would be counted for employment preference purposes.
If the time is split evenly between two classifications, the worker is counted in both
classifications.
If you have difficulty meeting the 90 percent requirement, an approved waiver must
be obtained before a
non-Alaska resident is hired who would put the
contractor/subcontractor out of compliance (8 AAC 30.081 (e) (f)). The waiver process
requires proof of an adequate search for qualified Alaskan workers. Qualified Alaska
residents identified through the search must be hired before waivers for non-resident
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 14 of 16
SECTION 1 Bidding Documents
workers may be granted. To apply for a waiver, contact the nearest Wage and Hour Office
for instructions.
Here is an example to apply the 90 percent requirement to four boilermaker workers.
Multiply four workers by 90% and drop the fraction (.90 X 4 = 3.6 - .6 = 3). The
remaining number is the number of Alaskan resident boilermakers required to be in
compliance in that particular classification for that week.
The penalties for being out of compliance are serious. AS 36.10.100 (a) states "A
contractor who violates a provision of this chapter shall have deducted from amounts
due to the contractor under the contract the prevailing wages which should have
been paid to a displaced resident and these amounts shall be retained by the contracting
agency." If a contractor/subcontractor is found to be out of compliance, penalties
accumulate until they come into compliance.
Contractors are responsible for determining residency status. If you have difficulty
determining whether a worker is an Alaska resident, you should contact the nearest
Wage and Hour Office. Contact Wage and Hour in Anchorage at (907) 269-4900, in
Fairbanks at (907) 451-2886, or in Juneau at (907) 465-4842.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 15 of 16
SECTION 1 Bidding Documents
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 16 of 16
SECTION 1 Bidding Documents
SECTION 2
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Sample Agreement
Payment Bond
Performance Bond
Lien Release
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 1 of 12
SECTION 2 Contract Documents
CITY OF SOLDOTNA
AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
MADE AS OF THE
DAY OF
BETWEEN the OWNER:
201_.
CITY OF SOLDOTNA
177 N Birch Street
Soldotna AK 99669
AND the CONTRACTOR:
FOR the PROJECT:
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
The Owner and Contractor agree as set forth below.
ARTICLE 1
THE WORK
The Contractor shall perform all the work required by the contract documents enumerated below, which
are specifically incorporated into this agreement by reference and which form the contract documents:
A.
The Contractor's executed bid, dated ___________________________
B.
Instructions to Bidders
C.
Licenses and Certifications
D.
The General Conditions for the project
E.
Addendum No. ____
F.
Specifications
G.
Drawings
H.
Laborers’ & Mechanics’ Minimum Rates of Pay (Pamphlet 600)
I.
Any and all later modifications, change orders and written interpretations of the Contract
Any other attachments to this agreement do not form a part of the agreement but are for reference or proof
of compliance with the requirements of the agreement.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 2 of 12
SECTION 2 Contract Documents
ARTICLE 2
TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION
Work shall commence upon receipt of the Notice To Proceed. All work must be substantially completed on
or before September 30, 2016. Time is of the essence, and liquidated damages will be charged against the
Contractor as provided in Article 10, below.
ARTICLE 3
CONTRACT SUM
The Owner shall pay the Contractor as provided in this contract the total sum price of $___________ for
the successful completion of the specified work.
ARTICLE 4
PROGRESS PAYMENT
Based upon applications for payment submitted by the Contractor, the Owner shall provide for Progress
Payments to the Contractor on a monthly schedule. Upon proper application submitted no later than ten
(10) days prior to the next scheduled Contractor payday, the Contractor shall be paid for the value of the
work performed and materials stored at the site during the period preceding payment. Each application for
progress payment shall be on an approved Application for Payment form and shall contain a completed
Schedule of Values. All sums properly due shall be paid within thirty (30) days of receipt of application.
Prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit the written consent of surety to such payment and shall
submit notarized waivers of lien from all materialmen and subcontractors.
ARTICLE 5
FINAL PAYMENT
The Owner shall make final payment within thirty (30) days after issuance of a Certificate of Final
Completion of the work subject to provisions of the General Conditions. The Certificate of Final
Completion acknowledges that all work required by the contract documents has been completed in
accordance with the requirements of the contract. The Contractor shall request the final inspection at least
five (5) days in advance of the anticipated date of inspection. If all work has not been satisfactorily
completed, the Contractor shall be liable for all costs incurred by the Owner in making such inspection.
ARTICLE 6
NOTICES
All legal notices relating to this contract, including changes of address, shall be mailed to the Owner and
the Contractor at the following addresses:
OWNER
CONTRACTOR
City of Soldotna
177 N Birch Street
Soldotna AK 99669
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 3 of 12
SECTION 2 Contract Documents
ARTICLE 7
INDEMNIFICATION
No provision in the contract documents lessens, alters, or makes inapplicable the requirement for
indemnification stated in GC 4.13. In the event of conflict between GC 4.13 and any other contract
provision(s), the requirements set out in GC 4.13 control.
ARTICLE 8
JURISDICTION: CHOICE OF LAW
This contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Alaska, and any lawsuit brought thereon shall
be filed in the Third Judicial District at Kenai, Alaska.
ARTICLE 9
ATTACHMENTS
In the event there is any difference between an attachment to the original of this agreement on file with the
City Clerk and any attachment to a copy of the agreement, the attachments to the original filed with the
City Clerk shall control.
ARTICLE 10
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Owner and Contractor recognize that time is of the essence in performance of this contract and the Owner
will suffer financial loss if the work is not substantially complete within the time specified above, plus any
extensions thereof allowed in accordance with contract documents. They also recognize the delays, expense
and difficulties involved in proving the actual loss suffered by Owner if the work is not substantially
complete on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as
liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) Contractor shall pay $750.00 (Seven hundred fifty
dollars) for each calendar day that expires after the contract time required for substantial completion to the
actual date of substantial completion determined as set out in the CONTRACT documents. The Owner and
Contractor agree that this amount is a reasonable forecast of just compensation for the harm that is caused
by the delay.
ARTICLE 11
NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARY
This agreement is intended solely for the benefit of each party hereto. Nothing contained herein shall be
construed or deemed to confer any benefit or right upon any third party.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 4 of 12
SECTION 2 Contract Documents
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this agreement to be executed in their respective names
or by their duly authorized representatives as of the date and year above written.
CITY OF SOLDOTNA
CONTRACTOR
Mark Dixson, City Manager
Name and Title of Office (printed or typed)
Date:
Company Name (printed or typed)
Signature
Date:
ATTEST:
City Clerk
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 5 of 12
SECTION 2 Contract Documents
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
STATE OF ALASKA )
)ss
THIRD JUDICIAL DISTRICT )
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this ____ day of
2016, by
Mark Dixson, City Manager of the City of Soldotna, for the corporation on behalf of the corporation.
Notary Public for State of Alaska
My Commission Expires:
STATE OF ALASKA )
)ss
THIRD JUDICIAL DISTRICT )
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me
this
by
day of
2016, by
the
Name
of
Title of officer
for and on behalf of the corporation/business
Name of Corporation or Business
Notary Public for State of Alaska
My Commission Expires:
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 6 of 12
SECTION 2 Contract Documents
PAYMENT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Name of Contractor)
(Address of Contractor)
a
, hereinafter called Principal, and
(Corporation, Partnership, or Individual)
(Name of Surety)
(Address of Surety)
hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
(Name of Owner)
(Address of Owner)
hereinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of ________________________________________ Dollars,
($_______________________ ) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well
and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and
severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered into a certain
contract with the Owner, dated the _______ day of ____________, 201_, a copy of which is hereto attached
and made a part hereof for the construction of:
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors,
and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the work provided for
in such contract, and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for
materials lubricants, oil, gasoline, coal and coke, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed or
used in connection with the construction of said work, and all insurance premiums on said work, and for
all labor, performed in such work whether by subcontractor or other-wise, then this obligation shall be void;
otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 7 of 12
SECTION 2 Contract Documents
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no
change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed
thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any ways affects its obligation on this
bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the
terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the
right of any beneficiary hereunder, who claims may be unsatisfied.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in two (2) counterparts, each one of which shall be
deemed an original, this the _____ day of _______________, 201__.
(Principal)
(SEAL)
ATTEST:
________________________
__________
(Witness as to Principal)
__________
_________________________
((Principal
Secretary)
BBY______
________________________
___________
(Address)
__________________________
__________
_________________________
(Address)
__________
_________________________
((Surety)
ATTEST:
(SEAL)
________________________
_____
(Witness as to Surety)
________________________
_______
(Address)
BY_____________________________________
(Attorney-in-Fact)
______________________________________
(Address)
NOTE: If Contractor is Partnership, all partners should execute bond.
IMPORTANT:
Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended)
and be authorized to transact business in the State where the project is located.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 8 of 12
SECTION 2 Contract Documents
PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Name of Contractor)
(Address of Contractor)
a
, hereinafter called Principal, and
(Corporation, Partnership, or Individual)
(Name of Surety)
(Address of Surety)
hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
(Name of Owner)
(Address of Owner)
hereinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of ___________________________ Dollars,
($___________________________) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum
well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly
and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered into a certain
contract with the Owner, dated the ________ day of __________________, 201_____, a copy of which is
hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction of:
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings,
covenants, terms, conditions, and agreements of said contract during the original term thereof, and any
extensions thereof which may be granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety, and if he shall
satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such contract, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless
the Owner from all costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 9 of 12
SECTION 2 Contract Documents
and repay the owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any default, then
this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no
change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed
thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any ways affects its obligation on this
bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the
terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the
right of any beneficiary hereunder, who claims may be unsatisfied.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in two (2) counterparts, each one of which shall be
deemed an original, this the _____ day of ____________, 201__.
(Principal)
(SEAL)
ATTEST:
________________________
__________
(Witness as to Principal)
__________
_________________________
((Principal
Secretary)
BBY______
________________________
___________
(Address)
__________________________
__________
_________________________
(Address)
__________
_________________________
((Surety)
ATTEST:
________________________
_____
(Witness as to Surety)
________________________
_______
(Address)
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
(SEAL)
BY_____________________________________
(Attorney-in-Fact)
______________________________________
(Address)
Page 10 of 12
SECTION 2 Contract Documents
CONTRACTOR’S RELEASE
AND AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENTS OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS (“Release”)
PROJECT NAME: Wilson Lane Rehabilitation SOLB 16-07
The undersigned, being first duly sworn, deposes and says:
1.
That pursuant to this contract for project Wilson Lane Rehabilitation between the undersigned and
the City of Soldotna dated
the undersigned hereby certifies that, except as listed below, he has
paid in full or has otherwise satisfied all obligations for materials and equipment furnished for all work,
labor, and services performed and for all known indebtedness and claims for which the Contractor or the
City of Soldotna is or may become liable in connection with performance under this contract. The
Contractor warrants that he has made diligent search and inquiry to determine the existence of any such
claim, debt, or liability and that all such obligations, whether liquidated, unliquidated, or disputed, have
been satisfied.
2.
The Contractor further certifies he did not extend any loan, gratuity, or gift of money of any form
whatsoever to any employee or agent of the City, that he did not rent or purchase any equipment or materials
from any employee of the City, nor to the best of his knowledge, from any agent of any employee of the
City, and that he has not made any promise to an employee or agent of the City to do or undertake any such
action after completion of the subject contract.
3.
Pursuant to the above-described contract and in consideration of the final payment in the amount
of $
, the undersigned Contractor hereby releases and discharges the City of Soldotna, its
officers, agents and employees of and from any and all further claim, debt, charge, demand, liability, or
other obligation whatsoever under or arising from said contract, whether known or unknown and whether
or not ascertainable at the time of the execution of this instrument. This release is complete, final, binding
and irrevocable.
4.
The Contractor shall indemnify, defend, save and hold the City, its elected and appointed officers,
agents and employees, harmless from any and all claims, demands, suits, or liability of any nature, kind or
character including costs, expenses, and attorney’s fees resulting from Contractor or Contractor’s officers,
agents, employees, partners, attorneys, suppliers, and subcontractors’ performance or failure to perform this
Agreement in any way whatsoever. This defense and indemnification responsibility includes claims
alleging acts or omissions by the City or its agents which are said to have contributed to the losses, failure,
violations, or damage. However, Contractor shall not be responsible for any damages or claim arising from
the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City, its agents, or employees. Contractor and
subcontractors shall also not be required to defend or indemnify the City for damage or loss that has been
found to be attributed to an independent contractor directly responsible to the City under separate written
contract.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 11 of 12
SECTION 2 Contract Documents
If any portion of this Release is voided by law or court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of
this Release shall remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Release has been executed this
day of
, 2016.
(Contractor's signature)
Title
STATE OF ALASKA
THIRD JUDICIAL DISTRICT
)
)ss
)
THIS IS TO CERTIFY that on this _______ day of _________________, 2016, before the undersigned, a
Notary Public in and for the State of Alaska, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared
_____________________________________________________, who, having produced satisfactory
evidence of identification, and having acknowledged the voluntary and authorized execution of the
foregoing instrument for the purposes therein mentioned, executed the above and foregoing instrument.
Notary Public for State of Alaska
My Commission Expires:
(NOTE: In case of a corporation, the attached Certificate of Authority must be completed by a corporate
officer other than the one who signs above.)
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 12 of 12
SECTION 2 Contract Documents
SECTION 3
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 1 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
ARTICLE 1
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.1
The contract documents enumerated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor form the
final and completely integrated contract between the parties and supersede any prior statements,
negotiations, agreements, documents or representations, written or oral. What is required by any
one contract document is deemed to be required by all documents.
1.2
The contract documents consist of documents designated as contract documents and enumerated in
the Agreement between Owner and Contractor.
1.3
The contract documents do not include Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidder, sample forms,
portions of Addenda relating to any of these, or any other documents unless specifically enumerated
in Agreement between Owner and Contractor.
1.4
Unless specifically provided otherwise in the contract documents the parties to this agreement
intend that Contractor will obtain all permits, inspections, tests, bonds, and insurance required by
state or federal law, rule, regulation or order, or local ordinance or rule or regulation or the contract
documents, whichever requirement is greater, and provide all labor, equipment, transportation,
water, heat, utilities, tools, scaffolding, materials, supplies, facilities, and services necessary for
performance of the contract and that the cost of these requirements be included within the contract
price. The parties further intend that the cost of all overhead, supervision, and other incidental
expenses required or occasioned by the contract is included in the contract price. The parties also
intend that minor items required to produce complete functional system(s) and sub-system(s) are
deemed to be required by the contract documents at the contract price whether or not specifically
expressed. The requirements stated in this provision apply whether or not the execution or
completion of the work is temporary or permanent and whether or not it is incorporated or to be
incorporated in the work or final product.
1.5
The requirements of the contract documents and the duties and rights of each party may be amended
subsequent to execution of this contract only by:
1.
2.
A written amendment to the contract signed by both parties; or,
A change order issued pursuant to ARTICLE 9.1
1.6
The term “Work" includes all procurement, labor, materials, products, equipment, erection,
installation, and alterations necessary to complete the construction envisioned by this contract. The
term "Project" refers to the overall construction, of which the work required by the contract may
be the whole or may be a part. The term "Architect" also refers to Registered Engineers as
appropriate.
1.7
The contract between Owner and Contractor shall be executed and returned by Contractor within
the time required in the instructions to bidders. A written Notice to Proceed with the work will be
issued to Contractor within five (5) days after Owner has executed the contract, except as provided
in ARTICLE 4.1.3.
1
Unless otherwise stated, all references to an ARTICLE refer to the articles of these general conditions.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 2 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
1.8
Should any provision or requirement of one portion of the contract documents conflict with any
other portion of the contract documents, unless otherwise provided herein, the conflict will be
resolved by reference to the contract documents in the following order of priority:
A.
Valid change orders control over previous change orders, the agreement, addenda,
supplementary conditions, general conditions, specifications, and drawings;
B.
The agreement shall control over addenda, supplementary conditions, general conditions,
specifications, and drawings;
C.
Addenda pertaining to general conditions control over supplementary conditions and
general conditions. Addenda pertaining to specifications and drawings control over
specifications and drawings;
D.
Supplementary conditions control over general conditions, specifications, and drawings;
E.
General conditions control over specifications and drawings;
F.
Specifications control over drawings.
1.9
In case of difference between small and large scale drawings, the large scale drawings shall govern.
Schedules on any contract drawing shall take precedence over conflicting information on that or
any other contract drawing. On any of the drawings where a portion of the work is detailed or
drawn out and the remainder is shown in outline, the parts detailed or drawn out shall apply also to
all other like portions of the work.
1.10
In the event Contractor believes a discrepancy exists in the contract documents, Contractor shall
submit the issue to the Project Representative together with Contractor's proposed course of action
for performance of the work. Project Representative shall respond within seven (7) working days
or advise Contractor that a response cannot be given within that time. If response will take more
than seven (7) working days, Project Representative shall take steps to provide a response within a
reasonable time. Any action taken by Contractor prior to or without Owner's response shall be at
Contractor's own risk and expense.
1.11
Words and abbreviations which are not defined in the contract documents, but which have well
known technical or trade meanings, shall be construed in accordance with the common meaning
established by sound architectural or engineering practice in the State of Alaska.
1.12
Drawings, Specifications, other documents prepared for this project, and copies of them that are
furnished by Owner and/or Architect or Consultant for this project, whether or not the documents
or project are completed, shall be the property of Owner. All rights of use are reserved to Owner
for this project and any subsequent project in which Owner participates in construction. Owner
specifically relieves Architect or Consultant of any responsibility or liability pertaining to any
subsequent use of the documents, in whole or in part, where those documents bear the stamp of a
subsequent Architect or Consultant and are used for a subsequent project.
1.13
Up to ten (10) sets of full-size contract drawings and project manuals will be furnished the
Contractor without charge. Additional sets will be furnished on request at the cost of reproduction,
plus postage and handling if necessary. Contractor shall check all documents furnished
immediately upon receipt and shall promptly notify Owner of any discrepancies.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 3 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
1.14
The contract documents shall not be construed in any way as limiting Contractor's responsibility to
perform the work completely, nor shall any prior customs or trade practices be held to constitute a
waiver of the requirements of the contract documents or any portion of them.
1.15
The individual(s) executing the contract represent that they have the legal authority to execute the
contract as or on behalf of Contractor in accordance with the bid instructions and the contract
documents.
1.16
Execution of the contract by Contractor is a representation that Contractor has visited the site,
become familiar with the local conditions under which the work is to be performed, has correlated
personal observations with the requirements of the contract documents and enters this contract with
knowledge of those conditions.
ARTICLE 2
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
2.1
The term "Project Representative" shall mean a person or entity employed by or under contract to
Owner to be Owner's on-site designated representative. The term Project Representative shall
include the Project Representative's employees.
2.2
The terms "Architect" or "Engineer" (hereinafter used interchangeably) shall mean the person or
entity contracted by the City of Soldotna to provide design services for the project. Architect or
Engineer also includes employees of the Architect or Engineer. Architect shall provide
professional services during construction as described herein below or as authorized by Owner.
2.3
Project Representative will provide administration of this contract and all communication made to
Owner, Architect or Engineer by Contractor shall be made through Project Representative.
2.4
Project Representative will be Owner's primary representative during construction until final
payment has been made and the project has been closed out. Owner's instructions to Contractor
shall be made through Project Representative, who shall have authority to act on behalf of Owner
to the extent set forth in this contract.
2.5
Project Representative shall not have the authority to require additional work, changes in the work,
modifications or waivers of the rights, work or duties required by the contract documents or the
right to bind Owner to any change in specifications or drawings without the written consent of
Owner except as provided herein.
2.6
Project Representative shall have authority to allow minor deviation in the requirements of the
contract documents by Field Order to a maximum cumulative amount of $5,000.00 per each
additional work item, change in work, modification or waiver in the work. Field Orders are to be
incorporated into a subsequent Change Order.
2.7
Project Representative will render interpretations of the contract documents necessary for the
proper execution or progress of the project. All interpretations and decisions of Project
Representative shall be consistent with the intent of the contract documents and shall be in writing.
2.8
Matters relating to design intent will be referred to the design Architect whose decisions will be
final, consistent with the intent of the contract documents.
2.9
Project Representative, Architect, and authorized representatives of Owner shall have access to the
project site and to the work at all times and shall be afforded every reasonable facility for
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 4 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
ascertaining whether or not the work is in accordance with the requirements and intent of the
contract documents.
2.10
All claims, disputes and other matters in question between Contractor and Owner relating to the
execution or progress of the work shall be resolved pursuant to ARTICLE 12.
2.11
Project Representative shall have the authority: 1) to reject work which does not conform to the
contract documents; 2) to require additional inspections or testing of any work during, prior to, or
after fabrication, installation, or completion; 3) to specify both remedial work necessary to correct
defective work and the time within which such work must be performed.
2.12
On the basis of on-site observations and inspections Project Representative will keep Owner
informed of the progress of the work, and will endeavor to guard Owner against defects and
deficiencies in the work. If Project Representative determines that any construction method,
sequence, material, technique, safety precaution, act or omission of Contractor, Contractor’s
subcontractors, suppliers, or any of their agents, is detrimental to the progress, quality or safety of
the work or to Owner's interest, then Project Representative shall inform Owner promptly, and
Owner may, among other things, stop the work and order remedial measures. This provision shall
not eliminate or reduce the responsibilities or requirements placed upon contractor and/or
subcontractors by the contract documents and shall not place any liability upon the owner for action
or omission in regard to this provision.
2.13
In accordance with the requirements of ARTICLE 8.5, Project Representative will determine
amounts owing to Contractor and will recommend that Owner issue payment in the amount
determined due.
2.14
Project Representative, with the concurrence of Owner, will determine the dates of Substantial
Completion and Final Completion. The Architect will receive and forward to Owner for Owner's
review, written warranties and related documents required by the contract and assembled by
Contractor.
2.15
Project Representative's duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority will not be modified
without written consent of Owner and Project Representative.
ARTICLE 3
OWNER GENERAL RIGHTS AND DUTIES
3.1
At Owner's option, Owner may undertake any or all tasks of Project Representative described in
ARTICLE 2.
3.2
Owner's directions to Contractor will be made in writing either directly or through Project
Representative in accordance with ARTICLE 2. No verbal representation shall be binding upon
any party unless confirmed in writing.
3.3
Owner shall have the right to perform work related to the project under separate contract(s) in
accordance with the provisions of ARTICLE 6.
3.4
Owner shall have the right to issue change orders from time to time which may alter the scope of
work required by the contract documents. All change orders will be subject to provisions of
ARTICLE 9.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 5 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
3.5
Owner will have the authority to reject work which does not conform to the requirements of the
contract documents and to require such remedial work at no charge to Owner as is necessary to
correct the defective work. Where defective work is being performed by Contractor and Contractor
fails to correct the defective work within a reasonable period of time as set out in ARTICLE 10, or
repeatedly fails to carry out the work in accordance with the contract documents, Owner shall have
the authority to order an immediate halt to all defective work. Any losses suffered by Contractor
as a result of the halt shall be borne by Contractor without recourse to Owner. Issuance of a stopwork order shall not be construed as constituting a breach of the agreement nor authorize Contractor
to refuse to perform other portions of the work which Owner has not halted.
3.6
Owner shall have the right to terminate the contract or suspend performance of the contract as set
out in these general conditions or other contract documents.
3.7
Owner shall promptly pay Contractor all sums properly due as provided by ARTICLE 8. If Owner
fails to issue payment for a period of forty-five (45) days after the certificate of payment has been
approved by Project Representative, without a written statement indicating why payment is being
withheld, then Contractor may terminate the contract upon seven (7) days written notice to Owner
and may recover from Owner payment for all work executed and for any proven losses sustained
upon any materials, equipment and tools, including a reasonable profit and overhead.
3.8
Owner and Contractor warrant that neither party will maintain an action against the other for
punitive or exemplary damages.
ARTICLE 4
CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL RIGHTS AND DUTIES
4.1
EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
4.1.1
The term "Contractor" means the person or entity identified in the Agreement which has contracted
with Owner to perform the work of the contract. This definition includes a responsible officer of
Contractor's organization or its authorized representative who shall be made known to Owner.
4.1.2
Contractor represents by execution of the Agreement that Contractor has carefully examined the
contract documents and the site upon which the work is to be performed and has developed
familiarity with the nature, extent, site access, and risks involved in the work and with all local
conditions and applicable statutes, ordinances and regulations that may affect the performance of
the work. Contractor assumes full responsibility for having correlated Contractor’s study of the
contract documents and observation of the site. Contractor represents that Contractor has studied
all available surveys and investigation reports of subsoil and latent physical conditions of the site
and has made such additional surveys and investigations as Contractor deemed necessary for the
performance of the work at the contract price, within the time specified and in accordance with the
requirements of the contract documents.
4.1.3
Contractor shall not begin work until given a Notice to Proceed, which will be issued as promptly
as possible after the Agreement has been executed by all parties. If Owner is required to delay
issuance of a Notice to Proceed for more than five (5) working days because of fault of Contractor
or other reasons which Owner deems sufficient, then Contractor shall be notified in writing of the
delay and when issuance of the Notice to Proceed is anticipated.
4.1.4
Before commencing any part of the work, and prior to undertaking each subsequent phase of the
work, Contractor shall carefully study the plans and specifications and check and verify all previous
work and pertinent dimensions, figures and amounts shown in them and shall make all applicable
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 6 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
field measurements. Contractor shall at once report in writing to Owner any apparent conflict,
ambiguity, discrepancy, error or other omissions which Contractor may discover. Contractor shall
be liable to Owner for failure to notify Owner of any conflict, ambiguity, discrepancy, error or other
omissions which Contractor discovered, but failed to report to Owner and shall be responsible for
providing a remedy.
4.1.5
Contractor shall lay out the work from established base lines and bench marks indicated on the
drawings and shall be responsible for all measurements in connection therewith. Contractor will
be held responsible for the execution of the work to such lines and grades. It shall be the
responsibility of Contractor to maintain, preserve, or replace all stakes and other marks.
4.1.6
Drawings showing location of equipment, piping, etc., are diagrammatic and job conditions will
not always permit installation in the location shown. If a situation occurs which may require
relocation of an item or system which substantially differs from the location called for in the
contract documents, it shall be brought to Owner's attention immediately and the relocation
determined with the concurrence of Architect or Engineer. If Contractor relocates such items
without approval, Contractor will be responsible for any cost or expense for removal or further
relocation necessitated by installation without approval.
4.2
SUBMITTALS
4.2.1
Within 20 days after the effective date of the Notice to Proceed and prior to commencement of
work, Contractor shall submit to Owner the construction progress schedule and schedule of values
required in Articles 4.2.2, 4.2.3 and 4.2.4. The schedule of values and progress schedule must be
acceptable to owner and provide reasonable divisions of contract work with corresponding
payment. No payment will be made under this contract prior to completion of this requirement.
4.2.2
In accordance with the Division 1 requirements governing submittals as provided in the contract
specifications, Contractor shall prepare and submit to Owner a detailed progress schedule for the
work which reveals and identifies the critical path of progress, which is consistent with the work
and time required by the contract, and which shall provide for the most expeditious and practicable
execution of the work. Float time between work items is part of the project and not property of the
Contractor. Float time is defined as the amount of time that spans from completion of one
previously scheduled activity and extends to the point at which the next scheduled activity is set to
begin.
4.2.3
Contractor shall also provide Owner with a proposed schedule of values upon submittal of a
detailed progress schedule for the work. The schedule of values shall be allocated to various
portions of the work and be prepared in such a form and supported by such data to substantiate its
accuracy as reasonably required by Owner. Each item of work shall include all applicable profit
and overhead. This schedule of values, unless objected to by owner shall be the basis for progress
payments made to Contractor and shall include specific lump sum amounts for "Final Payment."
This line item shall be in conformance with guidelines specified in ARTICLE 8. Contractor, at the
request of Owner, shall amend the progress schedule and the schedule of values as the work
progresses.
4.2.4
The schedule of values must show a complete breakdown of all phases of the work required by the
contract documents. Payment will be in accordance with Article 8. Pay requests, schedules of value
and progress schedules must correspond.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 7 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
4.2.5
Contractor shall submit for Architect's and Owner's approval all product data required by the
contract documents in conformance with the dates specified in the detailed progress schedule. Such
data include illustrations, standards, schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures,
diagrams, or other information necessary to assist Architect in determining whether a proposed
product meets the intent of the contract documents.
4.2.6
Contractor shall also submit physical samples of materials, equipment or workmanship where
required by the contract documents. After approval by Owner and Architect, the sample shall be
established as the minimum standard of work, material, equipment or other quality which will be
acceptable for work of which the sample is representative.
4.2.7
Submittal of shop drawings by contractor constitutes a representation by contractor that the
submittal and work, or products required or to be used in accordance with that submittal, will meet
or exceed the criteria and conditions of the contract documents and that performance of the work
identified in those submittals will meet the progress schedule.
4.2.8
Before initiating any work for which shop drawings are required, Contractor shall obtain
Architect’s approval of the shop drawings, which include drawings, diagrams, schedules and other
data specially prepared by Contractor, a subcontractor, a manufacturer, a supplier or distributor to
illustrate in detail that portion of the work. Contractor shall review, approve, and submit all shop
drawings, whether prepared by himself/herself or subcontractor or supplier. It shall be the duty of
Contractor to provide a whole or complete system and to coordinate all work depicted by a
particular shop drawing with the work required by other shop drawings for that portion of the work
or for related or adjacent work.
4.2.9
Contractor shall provide a copy of all transmittal letters to Project Representative at the time the
submittal is made to Architect. Architect will review Contractor's submittals only for conformance
with the design concept of the work and the information given in the contract documents.
Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item
is a component. Architect will return reviewed submittals to Contractor with written comments
and forward one set to Project Representative with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay.
A minimum of five (5) sets of submittals shall be required.
4.2.10 Should Architect reject any proposed shop drawings, product data or sample, Contractor shall
resubmit revised drawings, samples or product data and draw Architect's attention to any deviation
or revisions other than those requested by Architect.
4.2.11 All of Contractor's submittals shall be made in conformance with the dates specified in the detailed
progress schedule with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the
work of Owner or any separate contractor.
4.3
SAFETY AND CONTROL OF SITE
4.3.1
Contractor is deemed to be in physical control of the work site. Contractor shall confine
Contractor’s operations at the site to those areas described in the contract documents or permitted
by applicable statutes, ordinances or permits.
4.3.2
Contractor shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials, equipment or ancillary
construction. Contractor shall be responsible for eliminating or minimizing to the extent reasonably
possible, public hazards and inconveniences which might result from this work.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 8 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
4.3.3
Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of excess snow, waste
materials or rubbish and shall keep adjacent public road clear of mud and dust caused by
Contractor's activities. At the completion of the work, Contractor shall remove all waste materials
and rubbish from the project as well as Contractor’s tools, equipment and surplus materials. The
removal and disposal of waste materials, rubbish, or other material, shall be accomplished in
accordance with all local, state and federal requirements.
4.3.4
Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all necessary safety
precautions in connection with this work and shall be responsible for ascertaining and adhering to
all applicable federal, state, and local standards, laws, ordinances, regulations, requirements and
any lawful order of any public authority bearing on the safety of persons or property or their
protection from damage, injury, or loss.
4.3.5
Contractor's duty to maintain a safe and secure project site shall include all precautions necessary
to assure the safety and protection against injury and damage, of all employees engaged in the work
and any other person who may be affected by the work including Owner's agents and employees;
Contractor's agents and employees; and members of the general public. Contractor shall assure the
safety and protection of all work, materials and equipment which may be upon the site; utilities and
other property of Owner including portions of structures and utilities not designated for removal or
relocation, trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements and roadways. Contractor duties include but are
not limited to protection of project site from vandalism. Such precautions shall further include but
not be limited to protection from dangers from hazardous materials.
4.3.6
Contractor shall take all necessary measures to prevent members of the general public from entering
upon the site without the permission of Owner or Contractor.
4.3.7
Contractor shall comply with all OSHA requirements, give all safety notices, erect and maintain
all reasonable safeguard notices and barriers, including danger signs and fences which may be
required to protect the site and limit access to it.
4.3.8
In the event of an emergency, the Contractor will take all means necessary to minimize all damage
to or exposure from effects of a catastrophic event. In such case, the Contractor may consult with
Owner or seek Owner’s assistance. The responsibility for protection of the site, work, and all
material remains with the Contractor.
4.3.9
Contractor shall designate a person in Contractor’s employ at the site to be primarily responsible
for the prevention of accidents, identification of all applicable safetystandards, statutes and
regulations, including but not limited to those addressing hazardous material, and full compliance
therewith. This person shall be Contractor's Superintendent unless otherwise designated by
Contractor in writing to Owner.
4.3.10 Should Project Representative or other representative of Owner ascertain that a safety danger exists,
Project Representative or Owner may order an immediate cessation of all dangerous activity and a
correction of any safety hazard. Written notice of the order to stop work or to correct the safety
hazard shall be made to Contractor as soon as practicable. Contractor shall have no recourse against
Owner for any alleged losses or delays arising from this section unless the order to stop work or
correct safety deficiency is wholly without basis.
4.3.11 Should Contractor elect to utilize explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment, or should
Contractor be required to do so for the execution of the work, Contractor shall first give
jurisdictional authorities and Owner notice of the intention to utilize hazardous materials,
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 9 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
explosives or equipment at a particular time and date. Contractor shall use the utmost care in
utilizing such materials and shall use only properly qualified and licensed personnel.
4.3.12 Contractor shall correct any damage to the property of Owner or other parties which arises out of
the activities or omissions of Contractor, Contractor’s agents, subcontractors, employees, personnel
or suppliers. Contractor shall commence remedial activities within seven (7) days from the date of
the damage. If Contractor fails to do so, Owner or the affected party may utilize his own forces to
correct or replace the damaged property and Contractor shall promptly reimburse Owner or the
affected party for all losses and costs thereupon. In the event Contractor fails to reimburse Owner
as set forth herein, Owner may set off the amount due Owner from any amount due Contractor.
4.4
SUPERVISION AND QUALITY OF THE WORK
4.4.1
Contractor shall supervise and direct the work using the best skill and attention. Contractor is
responsible for, and agrees to comply with all applicable local, state and federal ordinances, laws,
regulations and statutes. Contractor shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods,
techniques, sequences and procedures, and for the schedule and coordination of all portions of the
work to be performed under the contract. Contractor shall also be required to coordinate the work
with that of any other contractor working on the project so as to minimize delay, inconvenience,
and expense to both. Where identified in writing by Owner at any time, Contractor shall be required
to coordinate the work with any partial use of the site that Owner deems necessary.
4.4.2
All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned, prepared
or conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator or
processor except as otherwise provided in the plans and specifications.
4.4.3
Contractor shall keep on the job site at all times during work progress, a competent resident
superintendent capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications. The
superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and all communications given to the
superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor directly. In the event Contractor decides
to replace the superintendent, Contractor shall submit to Owner a written notice including the
proposed new superintendent's qualifications. The superintendent shall not be replaced without
this written notice and a statement of non-objection by the Owner.
4.4.4
Contractor shall provide sufficient, competent, and suitable qualified personnel to survey and lay
out the work and to perform all construction required by the contract documents. Contractor is
responsible for maintaining good discipline and order at the job site at all times and shall not employ
any unfit person or anyone not skilled in the task assigned to that person.
4.4.5
Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner for the acts and omissions of Contractor’s employees
and agents, Contractor’s subcontractors and their employees and agents, and any other persons
performing any of the work for the benefit of Contractor.
4.4.6
Contractor shall not permit the possession or use of alcohol or controlled substances on the site,
and shall remove from the site any person who possesses, uses, or is under the influence of alcohol
or controlled substances. Contractor shall require all Contractor’s agents, subcontractors,
employees or suppliers who perform work on site to sign a statement that they have been informed
and will abide by the above policy. A copy of all such statements shall be kept at the job site
throughout the duration of Contractor's work.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 10 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
4.4.7
Contractor warrants to Owner that all work will be free from faults and defects and meeting or
exceeding the requirements of the contract documents and all local, state, and federal legal
requirements. All work not so conforming to these standards will be considered defective, and
Owner may require its correction.
4.5
DIVISION OF THE WORK
4.5.1
The division of the work into various specialties and divisions in the contract specifications and
drawings shall not bind Contractor in apportioning the work among various subcontractors,
specialty contractors or workers, and Contractor’s own employees.
4.6
TITLE 36 AND OTHER STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS
4.6.1
Contractor shall give and post all notices and comply with all federal, state, and local laws,
ordinances, regulations, requirements and any lawful order of any public authority bearing on the
performance of the work, and shall notify Owner in writing if the drawings and specifications or
the contract documents are at variance therewith. If Contractor knows or should know that
Contractor is performing work contrary to such legal requirements without giving written notice
to Owner in time for Owner to give a stop work order, the Contractor shall bear all costs to
remedy that work and to bring it into conformance with the applicable requirements. In the event
Contractor fails to reimburse Owner as set forth herein, Owner may set off the amount due Owner
from any amount due Contractor. This requirement does not lessen or alter the requirement for
indemnification stated in ARTICLE 4.13.
4.6.2
Contractor and subcontractors shall strictly comply with all requirements of Title 8, Chapter 30 of
the Alaska Administrative Code and Title 36 of the Alaska Statutes as applicable to this contract.
4.6.3
Contractor or subcontractors of the contractor shall pay all employees unconditionally as required
by AS 36.05.040 and any other applicable laws or regulations. Wages may not be less than those
stated in the advertised specifications, regardless of the contractual relationship between the
Contractor or subcontractors and laborers, mechanics, or field surveyors. The wages are
determined for the region in which the work is done and the rates are issued by the Alaska State
Department of Labor (see attached Title 36 wage schedule). The scale of wages to be paid shall be
posted by Contractor in a prominent and easily accessible place at the site of the work. If it is found
that a laborer, mechanic or field surveyor employed by the Contractor or subcontractor has been or
is being paid a rate of wages less than the rate of wages required by this contract, Owner may, on
written notice to Contractor hold Contractor in immediate default and terminate Contractor’s right
to proceed with the work or that part of the work for which there is a failure to pay the required
wages, and Owner may prosecute the remaining work to completion by contract or otherwise,
holding Contractor and Contractor’s sureties liable for any costs in excess of the contract price. In
the event Owner permits Contractor to pursue further work under the contract, Owner shall
withhold so much of the accrued payments as is necessary to pay to laborers, mechanics, or field
surveyors employed by the Contractor or subcontractors the difference between the rates of wages
required by the contract to be paid laborers, mechanics, or field surveyors on the work and the rates
of wages in fact received by laborers, mechanics, or field surveyors.
4.6.4
A copy of certified payrolls, with social security numbers redacted, shall be provided to the Project
Representative with each Progress Payment Request.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 11 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
4.7
PROJECT RECORDS
4.7.1
Contractor shall maintain at the project site copies of plans and technical specifications, approved
shop drawings and manufacturers' information sheets, and other contractor documents which are
necessary for the expeditious and correct execution of the work.
4.7.2
Contractor shall maintain at the project site a complete daily job report showing job conditions,
work activities started, in progress, interrupted and completed; work force, including identification
and number of Contractor's employees and subcontractors by craft; receipt and disposition of
materials and equipment; tests performed, visiting personnel and any accidents on a particular day.
Owner shall have access to the daily report at all times. A copy of each daily report shall be
provided to Project Representative at the end of each week.
4.7.3
Contractor shall keep one record copy of all specifications, drawings, addenda, modifications, and
shop drawings at the job site in good order and annotated to show all changes made during the
construction process. These shall be available to Owner during construction and turned over to
Owner prior to final completion of the work.
4.8
ALLOWANCES
4.8.1
Contractor shall include in the contract sum all allowances stated in the specifications or plans, and
all items covered by these allowances shall be supplied in such amounts, or by such a person, as
Owner may direct. The allowance shall include the cost to Contractor, less applicable trade
discounts, of materials and equipment required by the allowance; delivery at the site, applicable
taxes; Contractor's cost for unloading and handling on the site, for labor, installation, overhead,
profit and other expenses incurred by Contractor. Whenever the cost of the allowed item exceeds
or is less than the allowance, the contract sum shall be adjusted equitably by change order.
4.9
NONDISCRIMINATION
4.9.1
Contractor must comply with all federal and state laws, rules, regulations and orders, and all local
ordinances, regulations and rules concerning wages, taxes, social security, workers' compensation,
nondiscrimination, licenses, registration requirements, and similar provisions governing
employment of individuals.
4.9.2
Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment or refuse
employment to a person, or bar a person from employment, or discriminate against a person in
compensation or in a term, condition, or privilege of employment because of the person's race,
religion, color, or national origin, or because of the person's age, physical or mental disability, sex,
marital status, changes in marital status, pregnancy, or parenthood when the reasonable demands
of the position do not require distinction on the basis of age, physical or mental disability, sex,
marital status, changes in marital status, pregnancy, parenthood, or political affiliation. Contractor
agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment,
notices setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. Contractor further agrees to
insert this provision in all subcontracts hereunder and to require the subcontractors to insert this
provision in their subcontracts.
Notwithstanding the prohibition against employment discrimination on the basis of marital status
or parenthood stated above, an employer may, without violating this provision, provide greater
health and retirement benefits to employees who have a spouse or dependent children than are
provided to other employees.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 12 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
4.9.3
Contractor shall state, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on contract jobs,
that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment in accordance with the above
referenced nondiscrimination clause.
4.9.4
Contractor shall comply with the reporting requirements which the State of Alaska may establish
by regulation.
4.9.5
Contractor shall include the provisions of these paragraphs in this section in every subcontract or
purchase order under this contract so as to be binding upon every such subcontractor or vendor of
Contractor under this contract.
4.10
TAXES
4.10.1 Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes for the work or portions thereof
provided by Contractor which are legally enacted at the time bids are received, whether or not yet
effective.
4.10.2 Contractor shall comply with Owner's requirements for payment of taxes. This contract is
specifically subject to the provisions of Section 3.06.060 of the Soldotna Municipal Code, as it now
stands or as it may be amended, including but not limited to termination of the contract for noncompliance. If the violation arises from failure to file or remit sales taxes, no payment will be made
to Contractor until all filings have been made and all amounts due are paid.
4.11
PERMITS, FEES, AND NOTICES
4.11.1 Unless otherwise provided in the contract documents, Contractor shall secure and pay for the
building permit. Contractor shall secure and pay for all other legally required permits and
government fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the
work. These are customarily secured after execution of the contract. These costs are part of the
contract price. This provision does not lessen the requirements set out in ARTICLE 1.4.
4.12
ROYALTIES AND PATENTS
4.12.1 Contractor shall pay for all royalties and license fees. Contractor shall defend all suits or claims
for infringement of any patent rights and shall save Owner harmless from loss on account thereof.
4.13
INDEMNIFICATION
4.13.1 The contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend the city from and against any claims of,
or liability for, any wrongful or negligent act, error, or omission of the contractor or any
subcontractor under this contract. The contractor shall not be required to defend or indemnify the
city for any claims of, or liability for, any wrongful or negligent act, error, or omission solely due
to the independent negligence of the city. If there is a claim of, or liability for, the joint negligence
of the contractor and the independent negligence of the city, the indemnification and hold harmless
obligation shall be apportioned on a comparative fault basis. Apportionment shall be determined
upon final determination of percentage of fault. If any such determination is by settlement, the
percentage of fault attributed to each party for purposes of this indemnification provision shall only
be binding upon the parties included in the settlement agreement. “Contractor” and “city” as used
in this article include the employees, agents, officers, directors, and other contractors who are
directly responsible, respectively, to each. The term “independent negligence of the city” is
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 13 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
negligence other than in the city’s selection, administration, monitoring, or controlling of the
contractor and in approving or accepting the contractor’s work.
ARTICLE 5
SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS
5.1
DEFINITIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
5.1.1
A subcontractor is a person or entity having a direct contractual relationship with Contractor, or
with one of Contractor's subcontractors, to perform any of the work at the site. A supplier is any
manufacturer or person or firm providing materials, equipment or assemblies to Contractor or to
one of the subcontractors for inclusion in this project.
5.1.2
All contracts between Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers (whether or not in privity with
Contractor) shall be in accordance with the terms of this contract and shall incorporate the General
Conditions of this contract. Contractor shall include in such contracts, and require its inclusion in
any subcontracts, a provision holding any subcontractor or supplier (whether or not in privity with
Contractor) directly accountable to Owner for work which fails to meet the requirements of the
contract documents, or which prevents Contractor or any subcontractor from performing work.
This direct accountability to the Owner shall be in addition to Contractor's liability for any such
failure.
5.1.3
The provisions in this ARTICLE shall not be construed as creating a right of recourse, or any direct
contractual relationship, between Owner or Owner's agents and any subcontractor, supplier, or
manufacturer (whether or not in privity with Contractor).
5.1.4
Contractor shall make all necessary copies of these contract documents available to Owner and to
each subcontractor and shall require each subcontractor to make copies of these contract documents
available to each of Contractor’s subcontractors, if any.
5.1.5
Contractor shall be fully responsible for enforcing discipline among subcontractors, their
employees and their subcontractors, and for insuring that each subcontractor performs the work in
accordance with the contract documents and all safety regulations.
5.1.6
Contractor shall have the discretion to require subcontractor(s) to provide payment or performance
bonds for work of the subcontractor(s).
5.2
AWARDS TO SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS
5.2.1
At Owner’s request Contractor shall submit to Owner a list of all principal subcontractors and
material suppliers and shall not contract with any proposed person or organization to whom Owner
voices a reasonable objection. This provision applies to substitution of subcontractors or suppliers
subsequent to Owner's initial objection to a proposed person or entity. Such list shall be submitted
in accordance with Division 1 requirements as provided in the contract specifications.
5.2.2
Rejection of a proposed subcontractor or material supplier shall not entitle Contractor to any
increase in the contract sum or time.
5.2.3
At Owner’s request Contractor shall submit to Owner a copy of any subcontract and any purchase
orders for materials and equipment prior to purchase of such items.
5.3
CONTRACTOR PAYMENTS TO SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 14 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
5.3.1
Recognizing the importance of maintaining the integrity of a public contract, Contractor warrants
that Contractor will pay all subcontractors and material suppliers at least monthly on or about the
20th day of each month upon approval of the subcontractors' and materials suppliers' billing, for all
apparently acceptable work performed on the site during the preceding month and for all apparently
acceptable material incorporated into the project or delivered and properly stored at the site during
any month for which Contractor has received payment from Owner. If Owner retains a percentage
of sums due, Contractor may retain a like percentage, but when retainage is paid, Contractor must
pay to the subcontractor or supplier interest on retainage equal to interest rate paid to Contractor
by Owner.
5.3.2
In furtherance of Contractor's warranty under this ARTICLE and ARTICLE 8, Owner, may require
Contractor to declare Contractor’s status of accounts with any or all the subcontractors and
suppliers. A proof of payment to subcontractors and suppliers shall be made in a form acceptable
to Owner. If Contractor breaches this warranty and fails to pay each subcontractor and materials
supplier within 45 days after a monthly billing has been presented, then Owner reserves the right
to withhold sufficient sums from Progress Payments due to Contractor and to issue payment to the
subcontractors or material suppliers directly. This ARTICLE shall not be construed as creating a
right in the subcontractors or material suppliers to have direct recourse against Owner for payment.
Contractor expressly agrees that Owner will not be liable for any exercise of Owner's discretionary
right under this section, and Contractor agrees to release and indemnify Owner for any claims
arising therefrom, either by Contractor directly or by any subcontractor or material supplier.
Likewise, this ARTICLE shall not be construed as creating a right in Contractor's surety or any
other subrogated party to have direct recourse against Owner for failure to withhold sums pursuant
to this section.
ARTICLE 6
SEPARATE CONTRACTS
6.1
Owner has the right to award separate contracts for work on the project that is not included in this
contract.
6.2
When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other work on the site,
the term Contractor in the contract documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes
each separate contract.
6.3
Contractor shall afford other contractors and Owner's own forces reasonable opportunity for the
introduction and storage of materials and equipment and for the execution of their work and shall
properly connect and coordinate Contractor’s work with theirs as required by the contract
documents.
6.4
Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work under separate contracts shall be borne by the party
responsible thereof and shall be paid promptly.
6.5
If Contractor alleges that delay or additional costs were caused by the letting of separate contracts
or by work performed by Owner's own forces, then Contractor may request an equitable adjustment
by change order as provided below.
6.6
If any part of Contractor's work depends upon work performed by Owner or any separate
contractor, prior to proceeding with the work, Contractor is required to report to Owner any
apparent discrepancies, defects or delays in the other work which impede proper execution of the
work required by this contract. If Contractor fails to report such unsuitable work by another
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 15 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
contractor to Owner, then Contractor shall be deemed to have accepted the unsuitable work and
any liability for all deficiencies, damages and costs which arise as a result of the defective work or
of Contractor's use or covering of the unsuitable work.
6.7
Should Contractor or any subcontractor delay or cause damage to the work or property of any other
contractor or person, Contractor shall repair the damage or settle the claim and shall further, to the
extent allowed by law, indemnify, defend, and hold Owner harmless from any and all claims, costs,
expenses, injury, damages, or loss of any kind, including attorneys' fees, court costs, or arbitration
costs, which arise out of such delay or damage.
6.8
Should a dispute arise between Contractor and separate contractors as to the responsibility for
completing, finishing or cleaning up particular work or a portion of the work, Owner may complete,
finish or clean up the disputed portion and apportion the cost among Contractors responsible as
Owner shall determine to be equitable.
ARTICLE 7
BONDS AND INSURANCE
7.1
PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS
7.1.1
Contractor shall provide as part of the basic contract sum, a performance bond and a payment bond,
each in the amount of 100% of the contract amount, prior to Owner's execution of the contract.
Contractor shall have no recourse of any kind against Owner, if Owner declines to award a contract
due to Contractor's failure to provide the required bonds. These bonds, in whatever amount
required by the specific contract, shall be administered and deemed governed by the provisions of
Alaska Statutes Title 36, Chapter 25 and shall comply with all requirements for payment and
submission of claims as provided by that chapter.
7.1.2
All bonds shall name Owner as the beneficial party and shall protect Owner for a period of at least
one year subsequent to the date of final payment upon this contract. All bonds shall be executed
upon a form acceptable to Owner and by a surety company licensed to do business within the State
of Alaska and acceptable to Owner. The form of the bond shall provide that Owner shall have at
least thirty (30) days prior notice of any lapse in bond coverage. The bond payment shall be
applicable to all subcontractors or material suppliers (whether or not in privity with Contractor)
who might attempt to assert a claim against Owner.
7.1.3
Owner may inform the surety as to the general progress and status of the work. A copy of all
communications with the surety company shall be provided promptly to Contractor upon request.
7.1.4
In the event Contractor refuses, or is unable to make payments to laborers, subcontractors or
material suppliers, or to complete the work, or to correct defective work, within the times provided
by this contract, Owner may elect to call upon Contractor's surety to rectify Contractor's default.
Contractor shall first be given seven (7) calendar days written notice (effective when mailed) of
Owner's intentions to call upon the surety company and Owner shall specify to Contractor the basis
for the proposed course of action. If Contractor fails to correct the default within the time provided,
Owner shall promptly call upon the surety.
7.1.5
Prior to final payment or reduction in retainage, Contractor shall provide written consent of each
affected surety releasing Owner from any further claims arising from payment to Contractor and
obligating the surety company to rectify any default, nonpayment, defective work, error, omission
or deficiency of Contractor.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 16 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
7.1.6
Contractor and Owner expressly agree that Owner shall be entitled to retain from payments to
Contractor amounts in excess of normal retainage if these additional amounts may be necessary to
indemnify Contractor's surety for any payment or corrective work which the surety might be
required to undertake. This additional retainage will be made only upon written directive by
Contractor's surety specifying the reason for retaining extra amounts, the amounts to be retained
and agreement of the surety to reimburse Owner for any interest which may be due Contractor
under the provisions of the Alaska Statutes.
7.2
CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE
7.2.1
The services to be rendered under this contract are those of an independent Contractor.
7.2.2
Contractor and all subcontractors, if any, shall be responsible for the purchase and maintenance of
all insurance required by law and at a minimum purchase the insurance coverage as specified in
ARTICLE 7.2.5 and 7.2.6 below, and any other insurance coverage as may be specified in
ARTICLE 7.2.11 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS OF INSURANCE, if attached
and forming a part of this contract.
7.2.3
This insurance coverage required by ARTICLE 7.2.5 and 7.2.6, and ARTICLE 7.2.11 if attached,
shall be in acceptable form, and for the amounts specified by the City of Soldotna Public Works
Department, or as required by law, whichever is greater.
7.2.4
The insurance policies shall remain in force for the life of the contract and shall be a part of the
contract price.
7.2.5
Commercial general liability with minimum coverage of $1,000,000 and automobile liability
insurance with minimum coverage of $1,000,000 combined single limit bodily injury and property
damage per occurrence. This insurance shall be primary and exclusive of any other insurance
carried by the City of Soldotna. The commercial general liability insurance shall be without
limitation on the time within which the resulting loss, damage, or injury is actually sustained.
7.2.6
Per Alaska State Statutes, Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance shall be
provided for all employees who are performing work under this contract.
7.2.7
Certificate(s) of Insurance shall be provided by Contractor and all subcontractors, or their Insurance
Companies and/or their Agents, naming the City of Soldotna as an additional insured for the work
specified in this contract. The certificates of insurance must reference the specific contract by name
and project number. Certificates of Insurance, acceptable in form and content, will be delivered to
Owner at the address designated for legal service in the agreement, at or prior to presentation of the
contract for execution by owner.
7.2.8
There shall be no cancellation or material change of the insurance coverage, or intent not to renew
the insurance coverages as specified in this contract, without thirty (30) days prior written notice
to the City of Soldotna. Notice of cancellation, material change in coverage, or intent not to renew
will be delivered to the address designated for legal notice in the agreement.
7.2.9
Upon renewal or change in policies during the contract, Certificates of Insurance shall be delivered
to the address designated for legal notice in the agreement.
7.2.10 Owner shall have the option to purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect Owner against
property losses or liability claims, which may arise from operations under the contract. Insurance
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 17 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
providing coverage against fire and extended coverage perils, may, at Owner option, provide
coverage to the full insurable value of the project and insure the interests of Contractor and all
subcontractors as their interests may appear. Any recovery for loss insured pursuant to this General
Condition is to be adjusted to Owner and made payable to Owner as trustee for the insured, as their
interests may appear. This section does not modify the contractor or subcontractors' responsibility
to provide insurance as required in ARTICLE 7.
7.2.11 May be added in supplementals as Supplementary General Conditions of Insurance.
ARTICLE 8
MEASUREMENT, PAYMENT AND COMPLETION
8.1
SCOPE OF PAYMENT
8.1.1
Unless altered by change order, Contractor shall be paid only that sum set forth in the agreement
between Owner and Contractor as Contractor's compensation for performance of all work required
by the contract documents.
8.2
LUMP SUM PAY ITEMS
8.2.1
Each bid item is characterized as either a lump sum item or a unit price item in the bid documents.
Where the item is bid at a lump sum price, no additional compensation shall be paid to Contractor
for additional work required because Contractor failed to include items or quantities in Contractor’s
estimate or a subcontractor's estimate, or failed to utilize proper construction means, methods,
procedures or sequence or by virtue of any decision of Contractor.
8.2.2
Contractor is required to provide and pay for all requirements necessary for the proper execution
and completion of the contract unless specifically excluded by the contract documents. The costs
are part of the contract price. The requirements include but are not limited to the requirements
stated in ARTICLE 1.4.
8.2.3
All materials and equipment incorporated in the work shall be new except as otherwise provided in
the contract documents. All materials and equipment shall meet or exceed the requirements of the
plans and specifications and Contractor shall furnish, if requested, satisfactory evidence as to the
source, kind and quality of any materials and equipment.
8.3
UNIT COST ITEMS
8.3.1
Quantities appearing in the bid schedule are approximate and are prepared for comparison of bids.
Payment to Contractor will be for actual quantities of work performed and materials furnished in
accordance with the contract documents. Scheduled quantities of work and materials may be
increased, decreased or eliminated as provided herein.
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
8.4
8.4.1
Applications for payment shall be based on Contractor's submitted schedule of values, as approved
by Owner per Section 4.2. Schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by
such data as may be required by Owner to substantiate its accuracy prior to Contractor's first
application for payment.
8.4.2
The schedule of values shall include quantities of work, unit prices and other items comprising the
contract price. It shall subdivide the work into each component part in sufficient detail to serve as
the basis for progress payments during construction.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 18 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
8.4.3
With each subsequent application for progress payment, Contractor shall provide a schedule of
values to Owner showing all work which has been performed to date together with the value
thereof, and the percentage of work completed.
8.5
PROGRESS PAYMENTS
8.5.1
Progress Payments shall be made monthly, based upon the amount of apparently acceptable work
performed at the site and apparently acceptable materials purchased for the project and properly
stored at the site during the previous month. Disbursement of progress payments will not effect a
transfer of the risk of loss from the Contractor to the Owner for invoiced equipment or material.
The risk of loss of the work and all material and equipment not yet incorporated in the work is the
liability of the Contractor until substantial or final completion, whichever is earlier.
8.5.2
The value of work performed and materials stored shall be set forth in Contractor's revised schedule
of values. If requested by Owner, Contractor shall promptly provide Owner any additional
information necessary to ascertain the value of the work performed or the cost of materials stored
at the site during the previous month. Each updated Schedule of Values shall be in the form of a
notarized affidavit. Proof of certified payroll shall be provided per ARTICLE 4.
8.5.3
By application for payment, Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that title to all work,
materials, and equipment for which payment is requested will pass to Owner either by incorporation
in the construction and after substantial completion or upon receipt of payment, whichever occurs
later, that such title will be clear of all liens, claims, security interests, and other encumbrances,
except for liens to be released later prior to final payment and specifically identified on the
application for payment, and that all such work, materials, and equipment are of acceptable quality.
8.5.4
Each application for payment shall be made no later than the tenth day of each month for work
performed during the preceding month. Progress Payment requests shall be submitted to Project
Representative for analysis and recommendation to Owner.
8.5.5
Project Representative will review Contractor's application for payment within seven (7) working
days after receipt and if Project Representative ascertains that the amounts set forth therein are
properly due and owing to Contractor, then Project Representative shall issue a Certificate of
Payment to Owner. If Project Representative determines that only a portion of the sum requested
is then properly due and owing to Contractor, then Project Representative may issue a Certificate
of Payment in a lesser amount or may reject the application altogether. Project Representative will
notify in writing both Contractor and Owner of the reasons for reduction or rejection of any
application for Progress Payment.
8.5.6
Project Representative's issuance of a Certificate of Payment constitutes a representation that the
work has progressed to the point indicated and that to the best of Project Representative's
professional knowledge and information, Contractor is entitled to payment in the amounts certified.
8.6
RETAINAGE
8.6.1
After receipt from Project Representative of the Certificate for Payment, Owner shall make
payment to Contractor within thirty (30) days. Owner shall have the option to retain up to 10% of
the full amount of the Certificate for Payment plus lump sum amounts for material and equipment
not properly stored, or subject to damage prior to use. Amounts retained by Owner may be held
by Owner until project completion. If the project involves grant money or the city has entered into
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 19 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
a written contract with the state to provide state funds, payment will be made in accordance with
AS 36.90.200-270.
8.6.2
Owner may withhold additional sums of money from progress payments in an amount sufficient to
safeguard and protect Owner against any apparently meritorious claims against Contractor by any
party other than Owner, and for any work which Owner ascertains to be defective or not meeting
the requirements of the contract documents.
8.7
CONDITIONS OF PAYMENT
8.7.1
Project Representative may refuse to approve all or any part of any request for progress payment
if, in Project Representative's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representation to Owner
set out in ARTICLE 8. Project Representative may also refuse to approve all or any part of any
request for progress payment, if subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent
inspections or tests nullify any payment previously approved.
8.7.2
Owner may withhold payment to the extent necessary to protect Owner from loss resulting from:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
Defective or damaged work;
Claims or liens which have been filed or may be reasonably expected;
Contract price reduction by modifications or change orders;
Owner cost to correct or complete defective work;
Unsatisfactory prosecution of the work by Contractor, including but not limited to failure
to furnish adequate submittals or to clean up the work or site;
Reasonable evidence that the work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the
contract sum;
Failure of Contractor to make payment properly due to subcontractors, employees,
suppliers or utilities;
Reasonable evidence to believe the work cannot be completed within the contract time.
Damage to Owner's property not replaced or repaired in timely manner.
When the grounds for withholding payment are removed, payment shall be made for amounts
withheld.
8.7.3
Neither the issuance of a Certificate of Payment, nor the making of any progress payment, nor the
partial or entire use of the project by Owner shall constitute an acceptance of any work not in
accordance with the contract documents nor shall it constitute a waiver of any right accruing to
Owner or of any duty of Contractor.
8.8
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
8.8.1
Substantial Completion is defined as the state of construction at which the work is sufficiently
complete and in accordance with the contract documents, so that Owner could occupy and utilize
the work or a specific portion of it, for its intended use.
8.8.2
When Contractor considers the work substantially complete Contractor shall notify Project
Representative in writing and request a Substantial Completion inspection. The notice shall include
a comprehensive list of items to be completed, reasons they are not completed and a date of
anticipated completion. The notice shall also include copies of all code compliance inspections,
the Certificate of Occupancy, if applicable, and any other documents required by the contract.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 20 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
8.8.3
Project Representative shall schedule the Substantial Completion inspection and notify Contractor.
The inspection will be performed by Project Representative, Architect, Design Engineers, and
Owner personnel in the presence of Contractor. Should this inspection find the work not
substantially complete, Owner may terminate the inspection and promptly notify Contractor in
writing of the conditions for reinspection. Any deficiencies identified by this inspection will be
listed and promptly furnished to Contractor for remedial action.
8.8.4
If Contractor has requested that Project Representative and Owner make an inspection to ascertain
Substantial Completion, and if the work is not then substantially complete, Contractor shall be
liable for all costs Owner, Architect, and Project Representative have incurred in making the
inspection.
8.8.5
If it is determined on the basis of inspection that the work is substantially complete, Project
Representative will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion. Included in the certificate shall
be a list of items which must be completed or corrected before final payment and the time within
which such items shall be complete and corrected. Failure to include an item on this list does not
alter the responsibility of Contractor to complete all work in accordance with contract requirements.
8.8.6
Certificate of Substantial Completion shall state the date of Substantial Completion and the
respective responsibilities of Owner and Contractor for the maintenance, insurance and security of
the work. Certificate of Substantial Completion shall specifically authorize Owner to take
possession of the premises and utilize them for their intended purpose. Owner's beneficial
occupancy of the premises shall make reasonable allowance for the performance of the work which
Contractor must complete prior to final completion.
8.8.7
If Contractor fails to complete or correct work required by the Certificate of Substantial Completion
within the time allowed, then the Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be voided and the
contract time expended by Contractor shall be counted, and the acceptability of the work shall be
inspected as if a Certificate of Substantial Completion had not been issued.
8.8.8
Upon Substantial Completion of the work and upon application by Contractor and certification by
Project Representative, Owner shall make payment, reflecting adjustment in retainage, if any, for
such work as provided in the contract documents.
8.9
FINAL COMPLETION AND WARRANTY PERIOD
8.9.1
The terms Final Completion and Warranty Period refer to, respectively, the finalization of the
construction phase and a one-year warranty period following the Substantial Completion. Final
Completion shall be represented by a lump sum dollar amount identified on the schedule of values.
Final Payment represents a sum of money to perform all tasks necessary from Substantial
Completion to Final Completion, including completion of final punch list, completion of as-built
data, turnover of all warranty information, notarized acknowledgments of payments, and
relinquishment of claims against Owner.
8.9.2
When Contractor considers the work ready for Final Completion, Contractor shall forward to
Project Representative an application for final payment including (1) an affidavit that all payrolls,
bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the work have been paid
or otherwise satisfied, (2) consent of surety, if any, to payment, (3) irrevocable, notarized proof of
payment and relinquishment of claim against Owner, issued by every subcontractor (whether or
not in privity with Contractor), material supplier and other party who might assert a claim against
Owner, and (4) all other documentation required by the contract documents. Project Representative
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 21 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
and Owner shall promptly inspect the work to see that it is fully performed and complete, that all
portions of the work are acceptable and that the contract is fully performed aside from completion
of the Warranty Period. After Project Representative has made a determination that these
requirements have been met, Project Representative shall prepare and recommend that Owner issue
a Certificate of Final Completion and Final Payment.
8.9.3
Project Representative's approval of Final Payment constitutes an additional representation by
Project Representative to Owner that to the best of Project Representative's knowledge and
information, all conditions which Contractor must fulfill prior to being entitled to Final Payment
have in fact been fulfilled in accordance with the contract documents.
8.9.4
If any party refuses to relinquish its claim, or if Owner considers that any item or portion of the
work: (1) is of doubtful acceptability under the contract documents; or (2) may diminish the value
of the work; or (3) may prove to be ultimately unreliable; or (4) may prove to be less functional
than required by the intent of the contract, then Owner, in lieu of refusing Final Payment to
Contractor, may allow Contractor to furnish a bond in a form and in an amount satisfactory to
indemnify Owner against losses occasioned thereby. If any additional costs to settle the claim or
to correct work of doubtful quality accrue to Owner in excess of the indemnity available to Owner,
Contractor shall refund to Owner all differences and costs which Owner might be compelled to
pay, including all litigation costs and reasonable attorney fees.
8.9.5
Acceptance of final payment by Contractor constitutes an explicit waiver of all claims which
Contractor might assert against Owner except those previously made in writing and identified by
Contractor as unsettled at the time of the Application for Final Payment.
8.9.6
Final Payment to Contractor shall constitute a waiver of all claims which Owner might assert except
those arising from: (1) unsettled claims; (2) faulty or defective work (3) failure of the work to
comply with the requirements of the contract documents; (4) warranties required by this contract
or that by their terms do not expire upon completion of the contract.
8.9.7
If, after Substantial Completion, Warranty Completion is delayed through no fault of Contractor,
or by the issuance of change orders affecting Final Completion, Owner may, upon recommendation
of the Project Representative, extend the contract time by a reasonable period and accept certified
applications for further Progress Payments.
The contract sum identified on the schedule of values as "Final" shall be based on the contract
award in an amount as follows:
8.9.8
CONTRACT AWARD
$100,000
$250,000
$500,000
$2,000,000
$5,000,000
$10,000,000
$20,000,000
8.9.9
-
FINAL AMOUNT
$249,999
$499,999
$1,999,999
$4,999,999
$9,999,999
$19,999,999
up
5.00% of Contract Amount
3.00% of Contract Amount
2.00% of Contract Amount
1.50% of Contract Amount
1.25% of Contract Amount
1.00% of Contract Amount
0.75% of Contract Amount
Upon completion of all requirements identified in ARTICLE 8 as "Final" the funds representing
Final Payment shall be released to Contractor along with the Certificate of Final Completion. Upon
issuance of Certificate of Final Completion all contract sums shall be accounted for to Contractor
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 22 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
and shall be paid to Contractor. However, any and all applicable bonds shall not be released until
after the Warranty Period.
8.10
TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
8.10.1 The time permitted for construction of the work will run from issuance of Notice to Proceed through
the dates for Substantial Completion as specified in Agreement between Owner and Contractor,
unless a specific completion date is specified.
8.10.2 The term "day" as used in this contract shall mean "calendar day" unless specifically stated
otherwise.
8.10.3 All warranty periods and obligations accruing to Contractor through completion of the work shall
be considered to begin on the date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise agreed to separately
in writing by Owner and Contractor.
8.10.4 Contractor shall begin the work as soon as possible after the date identified in Notice to Proceed
and shall prosecute the work expeditiously and with adequate labor and materials.
8.10.5 Liquidated damages will, if agreed to by the parties and set out in the Agreement, be applied in the
amount set out in the Agreement.
8.10.6 Claims for extension of time will be considered only if they affect "critical path" items
specifically identified in the detailed progress schedule or in any applicable Supplementary
Conditions. Claims for extension of the contract time must be made in writing to Owner not
more than twenty (20) days after the reason for requested extension appears.
ARTICLE 9
CHANGES IN THE WORK, CONTRACT PRICE, AND TIME
9.1
CHANGE ORDERS
9.1.1
Without invalidating this contract, Owner may, at any time, order additions, deletions, or revisions
in the work. All such changes must be authorized by written change order. Upon receipt of a
change order, Contractor shall proceed with the work in accordance with applicable requirements
of the contract documents. If any change order entails an increase or decrease in the contract price
or an extension or curtailment of the contract time, adjustment will be made as provided herein.
9.1.2
Extra work will be paid for either at a fixed price specified in the change order (using unit prices
or a lump sum amount) or on a time and materials basis.
9.1.3
Project Representative may authorize minor changes, alterations or deviations in the work in
accordance with ARTICLE 2. These changes shall be authorized by written Field Order to be
included in a subsequent Change Order.
9.1.4
Any additional work performed by Contractor without a properly executed change order will not
entitle Contractor to an increase in the contract amount or to an extension of the contract time,
except in the case of emergency threatening life, safety or property.
9.2
ISSUANCE OF CHANGE ORDER
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 23 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
9.2.1
The contract sum constitutes the total compensation to Contractor for the work required by this
contract. The contract price may be changed only by a properly executed change order. Any
request for increase in the contract price shall be based upon written notice delivered to Project
Representative within ten (10) days after the reason for the proposed increase appears. Change
order proposals must be accompanied by all pertinent data and documentation, including a detailed
estimate showing costs, quantities, unit prices and markups for overhead and profit.
9.2.2
Project Representative shall analyze Contractor's change order proposal and shall make a
recommendation to Owner within a reasonable period of time. If Owner accepts the proposal,
Project Representative shall prepare the change order for execution by Contractor and Owner.
9.2.3
The value of any work added or deleted by change order shall be determined by one of the following
methods:
A.
Application of unit prices set forth in the bid: unit prices shall include all direct and indirect
costs of the work, including labor, equipment (whether owned or rented), materials, home
office expense, all overhead and profit. For unit price change orders involving credits to
Owner, unit prices applied shall be 90% of the bid unit price.
B.
Application of mutually accepted unit prices for work not covered by bid unit prices: unit
prices shall include all direct and indirect costs of the work, including labor, equipment
(whether owned or rented), materials, home office expense, all overhead and profit.
Mutual acceptance of a lump sum: Contractor's lump sum proposal must include an
itemized breakdown of all costs of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers. Breakdowns
shall show quantities and prices of labor, materials, equipment and other direct costs. To
direct costs shall be added the allowable combined overhead and profit as provided in
ARTICLE 9.4.
C.
D.
At Owner's option, Contractor may be directed to proceed with additional work on a "time
and materials" basis which may also stipulate a maximum "not to exceed" amount.
Contractor will be required to maintain and submit detailed records showing all quantities
and prices of labor, materials, equipment and other direct costs. To direct costs shall be
added the allowable combined overhead and profit as provided in ARTICLE 9.4.
9.2.4
When both additions and credits for related work or substitutions are involved in any one change,
the allowance for overhead and profit shall be based on the net change. All related items within a
proposal shall be considered as a single item for purposes of computing overhead and profit.
9.2.5
When Contractor is directed to proceed on a time and materials basis, costs of the work shall be
submitted daily for approval by Project Representative and may only include:
A.
Actual payroll costs for employees, as substantiated by time cards, in the direct
employ of Contractor for the times actually utilized in prosecution of the additional work,
including allowance for benefits which Contractor customarily provides its employees;
B.
The actual substantiated cost to Contractor for all material and equipment
incorporated into the work, including transportation and storage expenses;
C.
The actual substantiated amounts of payments by Contractor to subcontractors for
work performed by the subcontractors;
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 24 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
F.
I.
D.
Any costs of special consultants to the extent authorized by Owner:
E.
Substantiated equipment rental costs at reasonable market rates;
Additional supervision and travel costs reasonably related to the work performed;
G.
Increased bond premiums:
H.
Additional license fees, permits, or applicable taxes;
Minor incidental expenses such as telegrams and long distance telephone charges.
To these direct costs shall be added the allowable combined overhead and profit as provided in
ARTICLE 9.4.
9.2.6
Unless specifically agreed to by Owner in writing, the cost of additional work shall not include any
portion of Contractor's general overhead, nor any sum attributable to Contractor's prosecution and
supervision of the principal work at the site, nor any overtime expense, unless specifically agreed
to by Owner in writing. Contractor shall not be compensated for any casualty or other losses or
expenses attributable to negligence of Contractor or any person in its employ or any subcontractor
or supplier.
9.2.7
Payment to Contractor shall be made only for the actual quantities of work performed and accepted
or materials furnished, in conformance with the contract or applicable change order. When the
accepted quantities of work or materials vary from the quantities stated in the bid schedule,
Contractor shall accept as payment in full, payment at the original contract unit prices for the
quantities of work and materials furnished, completed and accepted; except as provided in the
contract documents.
9.3
UNIT PRICES
9.3.1
When unit prices are used, and where the final quantity of a major contract item varies more than
25% above or below the bid quantity, either party to the contract may request an equitable
adjustment in the contract unit price of that item. A major contract item is an item equal to 10% or
more of the total contract.
9.3.2
When the final quantity of work is less than 75% of the bid quantity, the equitable adjustment shall
be made for those units of work done and accepted, except that the total payment for the item shall
not exceed 75% of the total amount bid for the item.
9.3.3
To determine unit prices for authorized changes or additions in the work that alter the quantity of
work under a lump sum pay item, adjustment to the pay item will be determined by multiplying the
added or deleted quantity by the quotient of the contract lump sum price and the estimated quantity
shown on the original plans. Payment will be made under a new contract item established for that
purpose. Adjustments will be made as a change order to the contract.
9.3.4
No allowance shall be made for any increased expenses, loss of expected reimbursement or loss of
anticipated profits suffered or claimed, either directly from such alterations in quantities or
indirectly from unbalanced allocations among the contract items by Contractor, or any other causes.
9.4
ALLOWABLE OVERHEAD AND PROFIT
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 25 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
9.4.1
When the value of change order work is determined by the lump sum method or by the time and
materials method, the following definitions and percentages shall apply.
9.4.2
Direct costs are defined as the net cost to Contractor to accomplish a given change. Costs of bonds
and insurance associated with the change shall be applied after addition of indirect costs.
9.4.3
Indirect costs are defined as general operational charges relating to the accomplishment of a given
change, including but not limited to small tools, incidental job burdens and general office expense.
9.4.4
Overhead and Profit: Allowances for all indirect costs shall be identified as combined overhead
and profit and shall not exceed nor be less than the percentages in the following schedule:
A.
Additive work:
(1) Prime Contractor:
(a)
15% of the direct costs of own work in excess of $1000.00; 20% when the total
value of own work is equal to or under $1,000.00.
(b)
8% of the direct costs of work performed by subcontractors not including
subcontractor's overhead and profit.
(c)
8% of the direct costs of equipment.
(2) Subcontractor:
(a)
15% of the direct costs of own work or work performed by other subcontractor in
excess of $1,000.00; 20% when total value of subcontractor’s own work is equal
to or under $1,000.00.
(b)
8% of the direct costs of equipment.
(3) In no case shall overhead and profit exceed 23% of the direct costs of work or 16% of
the direct costs of equipment when the cost of the work exceeds $1,000.00. In no case
shall overhead and profit exceed 28% of the direct costs of work or 16% of the direct
costs of equipment when the cost of the work is equal to or less than $1,000.00.
B.
Deductive work:
(1) Prime Contractor: 4% of the direct cost of deleted own work.
9.5
CONCEALED CONDITIONS
9.5.1
This ARTICLE applies only when concealed conditions substantially at variance with the
conditions set forth in the contract documents are encountered and these conditions were not
foreseeable by Contractor or reasonably inferable from information provided by Architect or
Owner in the bidding documents.
9.5.2
If it is determined the Contractor could not predict the concealed conditions as set forth under
ARTICLE 9.5.1, Owner may issue a change order for the performance of additional work required
with an equitable adjustment in the contract sum. Contractor shall not begin work upon any
concealed condition until Owner has approved a written change order
ARTICLE 10 TESTING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
10.1
TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 26 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
10.1.1 Contractor shall be responsible for securing permits and approvals from entities having jurisdiction
over the work. Owner will provide any special testing or inspections required by the contract
documents. Contractor shall not cover work that requires testing, inspection or approval until such
testing, inspection, or approval has been completed.
10.1.2 Contractor shall give Owner timely notice of readiness of the work for all inspections, tests or
approvals. Minimum time required for giving notice of readiness will be agreed upon by Owner
and Contractor prior to startup of work.
10.1.3 Neither observation by Owner nor inspections, tests, or approvals by Owner or Owner's testing
agency shall relieve Contractor from Contractor's obligation to perform the work in accordance
with the contract documents.
10.2
UNCOVERING OF WORK
10.2.1 If any work is covered or buried contrary to contract requirements or Owner's written request, such
work shall be uncovered at Owner's request for inspections, tests or approvals. Uncovering and
recovering shall be at Contractor's expense, unless Contractor has given notice of intent to cover
the work and Owner has not acted with reasonable promptness to provide any necessary tests,
inspections or approvals.
10.2.2 If any work has been covered which Owner has not specifically requested to observe prior to
covering, or if Owner considers it necessary or advisable that covered work be inspected or tested
by others, then Contractor shall, at Owner's request, uncover, expose or otherwise make available
for observation, inspection, or testing, that portion of the work as Owner may require. Contractor
shall furnish all necessary labor, materials and equipment. If such work is found to be defective,
Contractor shall bear all expenses, including compensation for any additional professional services
and testing. If, however, the uncovered work is found not to be defective, Contractor shall be
allowed an equitable adjustment in the contract price or the contract time. Only Contractor's direct
costs attributable to the uncovering of work and its recovering shall be allowed.
10.3
DEFECTIVE WORK
10.3.1 All work not meeting the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective.
10.3.2 Contractor shall promptly correct or replace any defective work. Any and all costs associated with
correction or replacement shall be borne by Contractor. Contractor shall also bear the expense of
making good all work of others destroyed or damaged or required to be redone because of the
correction or replacement of defective work.
10.3.3 If, after seven (7) days written notice to Contractor, Contractor fails to correct deficiencies or to
provide Owner with an approved schedule for correcting defective work, Owner may, without
prejudice to any other remedy it may have, make good deficiencies and deduct the cost thereof
from the payment then or thereafter due Contractor. No extensions of time shall be allowed for
correction of work that is defective.
ARTICLE 11 WARRANTIES
11.1
Contractor unconditionally warrants for a period of one year from issuance of the Certificate of
Substantial Completion the usability and quality of all work, labor and materials incorporated into
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 27 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
the project, unless otherwise provided in the contract documents. After the approval of Final
Payment and prior to the expiration of one year after the date of Final Completion, any work found
to be defective shall be remedied promptly by Contractor within fourteen (14) days of written notice
without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions. Contractor shall either
correct such defective work, or, if it has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the site and replace
it with acceptable work. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner's
instructions, Owner may have the defective work corrected or the rejected work removed and
replaced, and all direct and indirect costs of such removal and replacement, including compensation
for additional professional services, shall be deducted from Warranty Period Payment, unless the
surety elects to remedy deficiency.
11.2
In addition to other warranties set forth in this contract and in accordance with requirements stated
in the contract documents, Contractor shall obtain and transmit to Architect all warranties on
material and equipment incorporated into the work and either provided by the supplier or otherwise
required by the contract documents. Transmittal of warranties to Owner shall be a prerequisite of
the Certificate of Final Completion.
11.3
All material and equipment installed by Contractor shall have a manufacturer's warranty for a
period of one year, except as otherwise provided by the contract documents. The period of warranty
shall begin on the date of Substantial Completion unless otherwise noted on the Certificate of
Substantial Completion. This article does not limit any manufacturer's warranty which extends for
a period of time longer than that specified as minimum in the contract documents.
11.4
If a warranty period in excess of one year on a particular item or part of the work is required by the
contract documents, the longer warranty period shall govern warranty obligations of Contractor.
11.5
Owner may accept defective work or materials found during the warranty period instead of
requiring correction or removal and replacement. If acceptance occurs prior to approval of final
payment, a change order shall be issued to reduce the contract price. If acceptance occurs after
approval of final payment, an appropriate amount shall be paid by Contractor to Owner.
The provisions of this ARTICLE shall not be construed as limiting the right of Owner to make a
claim against Contractor for work not constructed in accordance with the contract documents.
Where a defect attributable to Contractor's or subcontractor's materials or workmanship appears
after expiration of the one-year warranty period, Owner shall notify Contractor of the appearance
of damages due to defective work or materials and shall offer Contractor the right to replace or
repair all defective work and other work using Contractor's forces. If Contractor fails to correct the
work and any consequentially damaged work within a reasonable time, or if Contractor refuses to
correct the work, Owner may correct the work utilizing Owner's own forces. Contractor shall pay
Owner all costs attributable to correction of the defective work and any consequential damages
occasioned by the defective work.
11.6
11.7
Should Owner and Contractor agree to delay completion of any items, the one-year warranty period
for those items shall commence upon written acceptance of each item by Owner.
ARTICLE 12 CLAIMS AND LITIGATION
12.1
This contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Alaska, and any lawsuit brought
thereon shall be filed in the Third Judicial District at Kenai, Alaska.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 28 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
12.2
No controversy or claim arising out of this contract shall be subject to binding arbitration unless
both Owner and Contractor agree in writing to submit the question to arbitration at the time when
the controversy arises.
12.3
All claims, disputes and other matters in question between Contractor and Owner relating to the
execution or progress of the work shall be referred initially to Project Representative, who shall
render a recommendation in writing to Owner within a reasonable time.
12.4
During pendency of any claim arising out of this contract, Contractor shall carry on the work and
maintain the Progress Schedule approved by Owner unless otherwise agreed by Contractor and
Owner in writing. Should Contractor cease work, Contractor shall be in breach of this contract and
Owner shall have the right to terminate the contract and to prosecute the work to completion with
Owner's own forces or with a replacement Contractor. Contractor shall be responsible for any
increase in costs to Owner above the contract price.
12.5
Contractor may make claims for additional costs only if the additional cost involved has occurred
because of:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
A change order issued by Owner, where the additional sum due Contractor set forth in the
change order is in dispute.
An order by Owner to stop the work where Contractor was not at fault.
Concealed conditions as set out in ARTICLE 9.
Failure of payment by Owner pursuant to ARTICLE 3.
Additional costs or delays caused by separate contractors' or Owner's forces in accordance
with ARTICLE 6.
12.6
Contractor shall not make a claim for additional costs where the basis of the claim lies in an
oversight or mistake made by Contractor during the bidding process or by reason of negligent acts
or omissions of Contractor or any mistake in judgment or improper selection of construction means,
methods, sequences and materials during the course of construction.
12.7
If Contractor is entitled to make claim for an increase in the contract sum, Contractor shall deliver
to Owner written notice of Contractor’s intention to assert each claim within twenty (20) days after
occurrence of each event giving rise to the claim. Contractor must give this notice of claim and
specify the full extent and nature of the claim(s) to Owner before proceeding to execute the work
upon which a claim might be asserted. No claim for additional costs or compensation shall be valid
unless the prior twenty (20) day notice has been given. Adherence to this provision shall be strict.
Any adjustment in the contract sum resulting from settlement of claims shall be authorized by
change order.
ARTICLE 13 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT OR SUSPENSION OF THE WORK
13.1
TERMINATION BY OWNER
13.1.1 Owner shall have the right to terminate the contract if Contractor should file for bankruptcy,
reorganization, otherwise be declared insolvent, or if Contractor makes a general assignment for
the benefit of creditors. Exercise of these rights, where required by law, is contingent upon relief
from the automatic stay provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Court or through other
appropriate court order. This right of termination is in addition to the right of Owner to terminate
for cause outlined below and other rights of termination as stated in the contract documents.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 29 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
13.1.2 Termination for cause: If Contractor: (1) repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough proper skilled
workmen; or (2) fails to pay promptly all subcontractors, suppliers, or other parties as set out in the
contract documents; or (3) fails to adhere in all respects to the provisions of Title 8, Chapter 30, of
the Alaska Administrative Code and Title 36 of the Alaska Statutes as applicable to this contract
and all other pertinent statutes, ordinances or regulations or orders of any local, state, or federal
authority concerning payment; or (4) allows insurance to lapse; or (5) if after seven (7) days written
notice, without prejudice to any other remedy of Owner, Contractor fails to correct to Owner’s
satisfaction deficiencies in work that does not conform to the contract documents; or (6) allows a
situation that creates a danger to person or property to arise. Where an emergency situation creating
a danger to person or property arises, Owner may at its option terminate the contract and take
possession of the site and any of Contractor’s equipment and material necessary to complete an
emergency response or hire a separate contractor to complete the emergency response. Contractor
shall be paid the contract rate for the material used and shall be paid for the use of Contractor’s
equipment at the price shown in the contract documents or at the rate for such equipment listed
in RENTAL RATE BLUE BOOK FOR CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, published by
Machinery Information Division of K-III Directory Corporation, 1735 Technology Drive, Suite
410, San Jose, California 95110. If the rate for such equipment is not so listed, reliable sources
will be used to determine a reasonable rate.
13.1.3 In the event of termination for cause, Owner shall have the right of set-off, from any payment due
Contractor, of all expenses, costs, and damages including but not limited to all professional and
legal expenses and attorneys’ fees and costs or other additional expenditures necessary to complete
the projects that are occasioned by the termination. In the event such amounts exceed the amount
of payment withheld, Contractor shall be liable to Owner for such amounts. No payment shall be
made to Contractor prior to determination that a balance is due Contractor after the amount of setoff is determined.
13.1.4 Owner may terminate this contract at any time for the convenience of Owner for any reason deemed
by Owner to be in the best interest of Owner.
13.1.5 If this contract is terminated for convenience, Contractor will be directed to make all necessary
preparations for closing out the project and for safeguarding Owner's materials and the work
already completed. Contractor will be paid for all conforming work done to date and for all
materials delivered to the site and already paid for by Contractor, together with all reasonable costs
directly attributed to termination, including fixed overhead. Contractor shall be responsible for
minimizing the extent of such expenses and shall not be paid for expenses which could have been
reasonably avoided. On the date that notice of termination or suspension for convenience is issued,
Contractor shall immediately take all actions necessary to stop orders of material, rental of
equipment or premises, employment of persons on the project, and shipment of materials not yet
delivered to the site. The notice of termination or suspension for convenience shall specify a date
by which all steps necessary for termination shall be completed and by which Contractor shall have
removed any unused material and all Contractor’s equipment and forces. Contractor shall leave
the premises in a clean and safe condition on or prior to the date specified in the notice. Owner
shall certify that all termination procedures have been completed and that the premises have been
turned over to the possession of Owner. Within fifteen (15) days after that certification by Owner,
Contractor shall render to Owner a bill for all expenses incurred in termination and for all work
done subsequent to the last progress payment. Owner shall pay Contractor all sums properly due,
together with any retainage not necessary to cover apparently nonconforming work or other
changes, within fifteen (15) working days after the bill has been received by Owner, provided that
Owner has received releases for all liens.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 30 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
13.1.6 If Contractor is terminated for cause or default on this contract, the performance bond surety shall
commence performance within fourteen (14) days of the termination or default. If the surety does
not arrange for or commence performance by that date, Owner shall have the option to complete or
arrange for performance and the surety shall not be relieved of any responsibility for payment of
costs of performance.
13.1.7 Should Owner elect to terminate Contractor's services prior to final completion of the work, such
termination shall not affect any rights Owner might assert against Contractor at time of termination
or thereafter. Any retention or payment of monies by Owner to Contractor shall not release
Contractor from that liability.
13.2
SUSPENSION OF THE WORK
13.2.1 Owner may, at any time and for any reason, suspend the work or any portion of it for a period not
to exceed ninety (90) days, by written notice delivered to Contractor thirty (30) days prior to the
date fixed for suspension. The notice of suspension shall fix the date on which the work is to be
resumed and Contractor shall resume the work on the date so fixed. Equitable adjustment in the
contract price, the contract time, or both shall be made for cost or delay directly attributable to
suspension of the work.
13.3
TERMINATION BY CONTRACTOR
13.3.1 If through no act or fault of Contractor, Owner orders a suspension of work for a period of more
than ninety (90) days, Contractor may, upon thirty (30) days written notice to Owner, terminate
this contract and recover from Owner payment for work accepted to date plus purported overhead
and profit in the manner provided in ARTICLE 9.4. Contractor shall also have the right to terminate
this contract if Owner fails within forty-five (45) days to pay amounts properly due Contractor for
satisfactorily accomplished work, so certified by Project Representative, as due and payable. The
provisions of this section do not include amounts ordinarily retained from Contractor's Application
for Payment or amounts retained because of unsatisfactory, defective, or incomplete work, or for
any other reason provided in the contract documents.
ARTICLE 14 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
14.1
Whenever any provision of the contract documents requires written notice, such notice shall be
deemed to have been given and binding when given by certified mail to the respective party at the
address provided in the Legal Notice provision of the agreement section of the contract documents.
14.2
Neither party may assign this contract without the written consent of the other party and Contractor
may not delegate duties under this contract other than as provided in the contract documents without
the prior written consent of Owner.
14.3
In the event a provision of the contract documents is found to be unenforceable or void for any
reason, it shall be considered as severed from the contract documents, and the remaining portions
of the contract documents shall stand as if that provision had never been included in the contract
documents. In the event the unenforceable or void provision is legally essential to the continuing
existence of the contract, the parties shall attempt to substitute a reasonable replacement provision.
14.4
No general condition stated in these provisions or other provision in the contract documents
lessens, alters, or makes inapplicable the requirement for indemnification stated in
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 31 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
ARTICLE 4.13. In the event of conflict between any contract provisions, the requirements
set out in ARTICLE 4.13 control.
END GENERAL CONDITIONS
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
Page 32 of 32
SECTION 3 General Conditions
SECTION 4
TITLE 36 WAGE SCHEDULE
Alaska Department of Labor Pamphlet 600
See: http://labor.state.ak.us/lss/pamp600.htm
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
SECTION 4 Title 36 Wage Schedule
SECTION 5
SPECIFICATIONS
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
SECTION 5 Specifications
CITY OF SOLDOTNA
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS
WILSON LANE REHABILITATION – 2016
SOLB-07
MODIFICATIONS TO THE M.A.S.S. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
AS INCORPORATED INTO THIS CONTRACT
Article I.
INDEX
DIVISION 10 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 10.04 SCOPE OF WORK
DIVISION 20 - EARTHWORK
SECTION 20.01 GENERAL
SECTION 20.02 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN
SECTION 20.07 REMOVAL OF CONCRETE SIDEWALK
SECTION 20.08 REMOVAL OF CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER
SECTION 20.09 REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT
SECTION 20.10 EXCAVATION FOR TRAFFIC WAYS
SECTION 20.13 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
SECTION 20.21 CLASSIFIED FILL AND BACKFILL
SECTION 20.22 LEVELING COURSE
SECTION 20.26 INSULATION
SECTION 20.27 DISPOSAL OF UNUSABLE OR SURPLUS MATERIAL
SECTION 20.28 RECONSTRUCT DRIVEWAY
DIVISION 30 – PORTLAND CEMENT
SECTION 30.02 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE, CURB AND GUTTER
AND VALLEY GUTTER
SECTION 30.03 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
SECTION 30.04 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE CURB RAMPS
DIVISION 40 – ASPHALT SURFACING
SECTION 40.06 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
DIVISION 50 – SANITARY SEWERS
SECTION 50.10 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS
SECTION 50.18 ADJUST SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE CONE TO FINISH GRADE
SECTION 50.19 ADJUST SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE RING TO FINISH GRADE
DIVISION 55 – STORM DRAIN SYSTEMS
SECTION 55.08 ADJUST STORM DRAIN MANHOLE RING TO FINISH GRADE
DIVISION 60 – WATER SYSTEMS
SECTION 60.04 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS
SECTION 60.06 WATER SERVICE LINES
SECTION 60.14 REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING FIRE HYDRANTS
SECTION 60.20 ADJUST VALVE BOX TO FINISH GRADE
DIVISION 65 – CONSTRUCTION SURVEYS
SECTION 65.01 GENERAL
SECTION 65.02 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING
DIVISION 70 – MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 70.10 TRAFFIC MARKINGS
DIVISION 90
SECTION 90.01 DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION OF WORK
SECTION 90.02 COMPLETION DATES FOR WORK ITEMS
SECTION 90.03 MUNICIPALITY OF ANCHORAGE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
PAGE
3
4
5
22
21
22
24
27
29
33
36
38
39
40
45
48
51
66
68
69
70
72
75
79
80
81
82
93
96
96
96
Page 1 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
90.04
90.05
90.07
90.08
90.09
90.10
90.11
90.12
90.13
90.15
90.16
90.17
90.18
90.19
90.20
TRAFFIC MAINTENANCE
CONTRACTOR WORK AND STORAGE AREAS
EXISTING SURVEY MONUMENTS
COORDINATION WITH OTHER PROJECTS
EXISTING STRUCTURES
WATER FOR COMPACTION OR DUST CONTROL
BID SCHEDULES
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND SEQUENCE
NON-PAY ITEMS
EXISTING UTILITIES IN CONSTRUCTION ZONE
MATERIALS
MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
DISPOSAL AREAS
MISCELLANEOUS WORK
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
96
99
99
99
99
99
100
100
100
100
101
101
102
102
102
Page 2 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
MODIFICATIONS AND ADDITIONS TO THE CITY OF SOLDOTNA STANDARD CONSTRUCTION
SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 10.00 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 10.04 SCOPE OF WORK
Article 4.4 Estimates of Quantities, 4.5 Increase Quantities, 4.6 Decreases Quantities
Delete articles 4.4, 4.5 and 4.6 in their entirety and replace with the following:
a. Increased Quantities
The owner reserves the right to increase the quantity of any item of the work or to omit portions of the
work; also to make such alterations or deviations, additions to, or omissions from the plans and
specifications as may be determined during the progress of the work to be necessary and advisable for
the proper completion thereof.
The actual scope of work will depend on the contract unit prices of the Contractor, the amount of monies
available at the time of construction, and the desire of the Owner during the life of the Contract. The
Owner reserves the right to direct the Contractor to increase the quantity of any bid item during the life
of the Contract in order to increase the scope of the work. There shall be no renegotiation of unit prices
of any item due to an increase in the quantity and the scope of work. The unit prices for any increased
scope of Work desired by the Owner, for items not included on the Bid Schedule, shall be negotiated at
the time the work is contemplated, during the life of the Contract.
b. Decreased Quantities
The owner reserves the right to decrease the quantity of any item of the work or to omit portions of the
work; also to make such alterations or deviations, additions to, or omissions from the plans and
specifications as may be determined during the progress of the work to be necessary and advisable for
the proper completion thereof.
The actual scope of work will depend on the contract unit prices of the Contractor, the amount of monies
available at the time of construction, and the desire of the Owner during the life of the Contract. The
Owner reserves the right to direct the Contractor to decrease the quantity of any bid item during the life
of the Contract in order to decrease the scope of the work. There shall be no renegotiation of unit prices
of any item due to a decrease in the quantity and the scope of work.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 3 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
DIVISION 20.00 - EARTHWORK
SECTION 20.01 GENERAL
Article 1.5 Compaction Standards
Add the following paragraph:
"The use of a nuclear densometer, per AASHTO T-238, for the purpose of determining soil density shall
be permitted, subject to the approval of the Engineer."
All testing shall be provided by the Contractor. Contact the Engineer 48 hours in advance of all
compaction testing, as to allow time for the Engineer to be present during testing.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 4 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 20.02 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 2.1 General
The Work described in this Section shall consist of providing all labor, equipment, materials, and services
to prepare, implement, and maintain a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) or projects that
may adversely impact receiving waters or waters of the United States. The type of plan required depends
on the area disturbed by the project including the construction site and off-site activities which include,
but may not be limited to, material sites, waste disposal sites, borrow and fill sites, and equipment and
material storage areas.
A SWPPP is required for all Projects that disturb one or more acres of land. As a requirement of this
Contract, the Contractor shall accept a delegation of authority from the City to act as the City's duly
authorized representative for the purpose of overseeing compliance with the APDES Construction Permit
at the project site.
Article 2.2 Definitions
Alaska Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (AK-CESCL) - A person who has completed
training, testing, and other requirements of, and is currently certified as, an AK-CESCL from an AK-CESCL
Training Program (a program developed under a Memorandum of Understanding between the
Municipality and others). The Municipality recognizes AK-CESCLs as “qualified personnel” required by the
CGP. An AK-CESCL shall be recertified every three years.
Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation (ADEC) - The State agency authorized by EPA
to administer the Clean Water Act’s National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES).
Alaska Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (APDES) - A system administered by ADEC that
issues and tracks permits for storm water discharges.
Best Management Practices (BMPs) - Temporary or permanent structural and nonstructural devices,
schedules of activities, prohibition of practices, maintenance procedures, and other management
practices to prevent or minimize the discharge of pollutants to waters of the United States. BMPs also
include, but are not limited to, treatment requirements; operating procedures; practices to control site
runoff, spillage or leaks; sludge or waste disposal; or drainage from material storage.
Clean Water Act (CWA) - Federal Water Pollution Control Amendments of 1972, as amended (33
U.S.C. 1251 et seq.).
Construction Activity - Work by Contractor, subcontractor or utility company within the project area,
that may result in erosion, sedimentation, or a discharge of pollutants into storm water. Construction
Activity includes soil disturbing activities (e.g. clearing, grubbing, grading, excavating); construction
materials or equipment storage or maintenance areas (e.g. material piles, borrow area, concrete truck
chute wash down, fueling); and activities that may discharge storm water and are directly related to the
construction process (e.g. concrete or asphalt batch plants).
Construction General Permit (CGP) - The current permit authorizing storm water discharges from
Construction Activities, issued and enforced by ADEC. The CGP authorizes storm water discharges
provided permit conditions and water quality standards are met.
Electronic Notice of Intent (eNOI) - The electronic Notice of Intent submitted to ADEC to obtain
coverage under the CGP.
Electronic Notice of Termination (eNOT) - The electronic Notice of Termination submitted to ADEC
to end coverage under the CGP.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) - A federal agency charged to protect human health and
the environment.
Final Stabilization – The CGP defines Final Stabilization as:
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 5 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
1. All soil disturbing activities at the site have been completed and either of the two following
criteria have been met:
a. A uniform (e.g.,evenly distributed, without large bare areas) perennial vegetative
cover for the area has been established on all unpaved areas and areas not covered by
permanent structures, or
b. Equivalent non-vegetative permanent stabilization measures have been
employed (such as use of rip rap, gabions, porous backfill (ADOT&PF specification 7032.10), railroad ballast or subballast, ditch lining (ADOT&PF Specification 610-2.01 with
<3% smaller than #200 sieve), geotextiles, or fill material with low erodibility as
determined by an engineer familiar with the site and documented in the SWPPP.
2. When background native vegetation will cover less than one hundred percent (100%) of the
ground (e.g., arid areas, beaches), the seventy percent (70%) coverage is adjusted as
follows: if the native vegetation covers fifty percent (50%) (0.70 X 0.50 = 0.35), thirty-five
percent (35%) total cover is required for final stabilization. On a beach with no natural
vegetation, no stabilization is required.
3. In arid and semi arid areas only, all soil disturbing activities at the site have been completed
and both of the following criteria have been met:
a. Temporary erosion control measures (e.g., degradable rolled erosion control
product) are selected, designed, and installed along with an appropriate seed base to
provide erosion control for at least three years without active maintenance by the
permitee:
b. Temporary erosion control measures are selected, designed, and installed to achieve
seventy percent (70%) vegetative coverage within three years.
4. For individual lots in residential construction, final stabilization occurs when either:
a. The homebuilder has completed final stabilization as specified above, or
b. The home builder has temporary stabilization including perimeter controls for an
individual lot prior to occupation of the home by the homeowner nd informing the
homeowner of the need for, and benefits of, final stabilization.
Hazardous Material Control Plan (HMCP) - The Contractor's detailed project specific plan for
prevention of pollution from storage, use, transfer, containment, cleanup, and disposal of hazardous
material (including, but not limited to, petroleum products related to construction activities and
equipment). The Contractor shall include the HMCP as an appendix to the SWPPP.
Inspection - An inspection required by the CGP or the SWPPP, usually performed together by the
Contractor’s SWPPP Manager and the Municipal Inspector.
Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) Permit - An ADEC storm water discharge permit
issued to local governments (Municipality) and other public bodies, for operation of storm water
conveyances and drainage systems. See CGP for further definition
Multi-Sector General Permit (MSGP) - The Alaska Pollutant Discharge Elimination System General
Permit for storm water discharges associated with industrial activity.
Operator(s) - The party or co-parties associated with a regulated activity that has responsibility to
obtain permit coverage under the CGP. ”Operator” for the purpose of the CGP and in the context of storm
water associated with construction activity, means any party associated with a construction project that
meets either of the following two criteria:
1. The operator has operational control over construction plans and specifications, including the
ability to make modifications to those plans and specifications; or
2. The operator has day to day responsibility and operational control for all activities at a project
which are necessary to fully comply with the CGP and the project SWPPP for the site or other
requirements of the permit. For the purpose of a Contractor executing project Work under this
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 6 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Contract with the Municipality, the Contractor is the operator responsible for CGP and SWPPP
coverage and compliance under the CGP for the Work.
Permit - References to permit pursuant to Division 20, Section 20.02 shall mean the Construction
General Permit (CGP) defined above.
Pollutant - Any substance or item meeting the definition of pollutant contained in 40 CFR § 122.2. A
partial listing from this definition includes: dredged spoil, solid waste, sewage, garbage, sewage sludge,
chemical wastes, biological materials, wrecked or discarded equipment, rock, sand, cellar dirt, and
industrial or municipal waste.
Project Zone - The Project Zone includes the area of street, road, highway or other facility under
construction; project staging and equipment areas; and material and disposal sites, when those areas,
routes and sites are directly related to the Contract. Records - Any record, report, information, document,
or photograph required to be created or maintained pursuant to the requirements of the CGP, the CGP
storm water requirements of the Clean Water Act and applicable local, state, and federal laws and
regulations pertaining to document preservation.
Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasure Plan (SPCC Plan) - Contractor’s
detailed plan for petroleum spill prevention and control measures that conform to the requirements of 40
CFR 112.
Spill Response Field Representative - Contractor’s representative with authority and responsibility for
managing, implementing, and executing the HMCP and SPCC Plan.
Storm Event - A rainfall event that produces more than one half inch (0.5”) of precipitation in twentyfour (24) hours and that is separated from the previous storm event by at least three (3) days of dry
weather. Event can be measured on site using a rain gauge or Contractor can utilize the nearest National
Weather Service (NWS) precipitation gauge station to determine the amount of rain fall during a storm
event if the NWS gauge used is located within twenty (20) miles of the site. Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan (SWPPP) - Contractor’s detailed project- specific plan to minimize erosion and contain
sediment within the Project Zone and to prevent discharge of pollutants that exceed applicable water
quality standards. The SWPPP includes, but is not limited to the plan, amendments, records of activities,
inspection schedules and reports, qualifications of key personnel, and all other documentation, required
by the CGP and this specification, and other applicable local, state, and federal laws and regulations.
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan - if the area of disturbance is 1 acre or greater, or part of a
common development that disturbs one or more acres.
Subcontractor Spill Response Coordinator - The Subcontractor’s Representative with authority and
responsibility for coordinating the Subcontractor’s activities in compliance with the HMCP and SPCC Plan.
Subcontractor SWPPP Coordinator - The Subcontractor’s Representative has responsible charge of
and authority to direct the Subcontractor’s Work; is responsible for the subcontractor’s compliance with
the SWPPP; and performs coordination with the Superintendent and SWPPP Manager.
Superintendent - Contractor’s duly authorized representative in responsible charge of the Work. The
Superintendent has responsibility and authority for the overall operation of the Project and for
Contractor-furnished sites and facilities directly related to the Project.
SWPPP Amendment - A revision or document that adds to, deletes from, or modifies the SWPPP.
SWPPP Manager - Contractor’s qualified representative who conducts inspections, has authority to
suspend work and implement corrective actions required for CPG compliance, except they do not have
authority to prepare the initial SWPPP or sign inspection reports.
SWPPP Preparer - Contractor’s qualified representative who is responsible for developing the initial
SWPPP.
Utility Spill Response Coordinator - a utility’s representative with authority and responsibility for
coordinating the Utility’s activities in compliance with the HMCP and SPCC Plan.
Utility SWPPP Coordinator - a utility’s representative with authority to direct the Utility’s work, and
who is responsible for coordination with the Superintendent and SWPPP Manager, and for the utility’s
compliance with the SWPPP.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 7 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Article 2.3 Applicable Standards
The latest version of the following permits, standard and requirements are hereby made a part of these
specifications:
A. Alaska 2011 Construction General Permit (CGP) #100000
B. Alaska Department Of Environmental Conservation (ADEC) Storm Water
Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Template
C. Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) Permit
Article 2.4 Plan and Permit Submittals
Partial and incomplete submittals will not be accepted for review. A submittal that is resubmitted or
revised after submission, but before the review is completed, will restart the submittal review timeline.
No additional Contract time or additional compensation will be allowed due to delays caused by partial or
incomplete submittals, or required resubmittals.
A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)
Contractor shall submit an electronic copy and three hard copies of the SWPPP to the Engineer
for approval. Contractor shall organize and bind the SWPPP and related documents for submittal
according to the requirements of Article 2.9 The Municipality will review the SWPPP submittals
within ten (10) business days after they are received. Submittals will be returned to the Engineer,
and marked as either “rejected” with reasons listed or as “approved” by the Municipality. When
the submittal is rejected, the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the SWPPP. The ten (10)
business days review period will restart when the Contractor resubmits an electronic copy and
three hard copies of the revised SWPPP to the Engineer for approval. After the SWPPP is
approved by the Municipality, the Contractor shall sign and certify the approved SWPPP.
B. Construction General Permit (CGP) Coverage
The Contractor is responsible for permitting of Contractor and subcontractor Construction
Activities related to the Project, including any material sites, waste disposal sites, borrow & fill
sites, and equipment and material storage areas that are not covered by a different permit. Prior
to beginning Construction Activity, Contractor shall submit an eNOI with the
required fee to ADEC for coverage under the Construction General Permit (CGP). Submit a copy
of the signed eNOI and ADEC’s acknowledgement letter to the Engineer as soon as practicable
and no later than three days after filing eNOI or receiving a written responses from ADEC. The
Contractor shall not begin Construction Activity until in full compliance with the conditions listed
in Article 2.14.A.
C. Ending CGP Coverage
Contractor shall submit an eNOT to ADEC, and submit both a copy of the signed eNOT and
ADEC’s acknowledgement letter to the Municipality, within 30 days after the Engineer has
determined the Contractor has fully complied with the conditions listed in Article 2.16.F.
G. Modifying Contractor’s eNOI
When required by The CGP Part 2.7, Contractor shall modify the eNOI to update or correct
information. Reasons for modification include a change in start or end dates, small changes in
number of acres to be disturbed, change in decision to use or not use treatment chemicals, or
change in location of SWPPP Records. The Contractor shall submit an eNOT and then submit a
new eNOI instead of an eNOI modification when: the operator has changed, the original eNOI
indicates disturbed area less than five acres and the project will disturb more than five acres, or a
project over five disturbed acres grows by more than 50%.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 8 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Article 2.5 Personnel Qualifications.
A. General
Contractor shall provide documentation in the SWPPP that the individuals serving in these
positions are “qualified Personnel” pursuant to the CGP. The Municipality accepts persons having
either of the following certificates as equivalent to AK-CESCL, if the certificates are current
according to the sponsoring organization’s policies:
• CPESC - Certified Professional in Erosion and Sediment Control, or
• CISEC - Certified Inspector in Sediment and Erosion Control
B. SWPPP Preparer
The SWPPP Preparer shall meet at least one of the following qualifications:
• current certification as a Certified Professional in Erosion and Sediment
Control (CPESC); or
• current certification as AK-CESCL, and at least three years experience in
erosion and sediment control (provide documentation including project
names, project timelines, and work responsibilities demonstrating the
experience requirement); or
• Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Alaska
For Projects disturbing more than 20 acres, the SWPPP Preparer shall also have
completed a SWPPP Preparation course.
C. Superintendent
The Superintendent shall hold current certification as AK-CESCL and be a duly authorized
representative as defined in the CGP, Appendix A, Part 1.12.3 and Section 20.02 definitions.
D. SWPPP Manager
The SWPPP Manager shall have current certification as AK-CESCL, and shall meet the CGP
experience, training, and authority requirements identified for the Storm Water Lead and Storm
Water Inspector positions as defined in the CGP, Appendix C, Qualified Person.
E. Storm Water Inspector & Monitoring Person
The Storm Water Inspector and the Storm Water Monitoring Person shall have current
certification as AK-CESCL.
Article 2.6 Signature/Certification Requirements and Delegations
A. eNOI and eNOT
The eNOI and eNOT shall be signed and certified by a responsible Contractor corporate officer
according to CGP Appendix A, Part 1.12.2. Signature and certification authority for the eNOI and
eNOT shall not be delegated. B. Delegation of Signature Authority for Other SWPPP Documents
and Reports The Contractor shall use Form F-108 to delegate signature authority and certification
authority to the Superintendent position, according to CGP Appendix A, Part 1.12.3, for the
SWPPP, Inspection Reports and other reports required by the CGP. The Superintendent position
is responsible for signing and certifying
the SWPPP, Inspection Reports, and other reports required by the CGP, except the eNOI and
eNOT.
C. Subcontractor Certification
Subcontractors shall certify that they have read and will abide by the CGP and the conditions of
the project SWPPP.
D. Signatures and Initials
Contractor and subcontractor personnel shall handwrite (wet ink) signatures or initials on CGP
documents and SWPPP forms, wherever a signature or initial is required.
Article 2.7 Responsibility for Storm Water Permit Coverage
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 9 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
A. Contractor is responsible for permitting and permit compliance.
B. The Contractor has sole responsibility for compliance with ADEC and other
applicable federal, state, and local requirements, and for securing all necessary
clearances, rights, and permits.
C. An entity that owns or operates a commercial plant, material source, or disposal
site receiving materials, waste, or any product generated as a result of the
Project is responsible for permitting and permit compliance. The Contractor has
sole responsibility to verify that the entity has appropriate permit coverage and to
provide a copy of the permit documents to the Engineer.
D. Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold the Municipality harmless for any
and all fines resulting from non-compliance with the permit conditions.
Article 2.8 Utility Responsibilities
If a utility is working ahead of the main project, the utility shall follow the procedures in
this Section, obtain SWPPP approval, and file an eNOI with ADEC prior to starting any
ground disturbing activity.
Article 2.9 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Requirements
A. General
Contractor shall prepare SWPPP in accordance with the applicable standards of this Section.
Contractor shall submit and maintain the SWPPP in three-ring binder with tabbed and labeled
dividers for each section and appendix.
B. SWPPP Preparer and Pre-Construction Site Visit
Contractor shall hire or designate a SWPPP Preparer to prepare the SWPPP and associated
documents according to the requirements of the CGP. The SWPPP hall identify the SWPPP
Preparer and include qualifications (including the expiration date of any certifications), title, and
company name in the SWPPP. The Contractor and SWPPP Preparer shall conduct a preconstruction inspection at the project site before construction activity begins. If the SWPPP
Preparer is not a Contractor employee, the SWPPP Preparer shall visit the site accompanied by
Contractor’s superintendent. Contractor shall provide the Municipality at least seven (7) days
written notice of the site visit, so that the Municipality may participate. During the preconstruction inspection, the SWPPP Preparer shall identify or, if a draft of the SWPPP has already
been prepared, verify that the SWPPP fully addresses and describes:
1. opportunities to phase construction activities;
2. appropriate BMPs and their sequencing; and
3. sediment controls that shall be installed prior to beginning construction activities.
Contractor shall document the SWPPP Preparer’s pre-construction inspection in the SWPPP on
Form F-106, SWPPP Pre-Construction Site Visit, including the names of attendees and the date.
C. SWPPP Development
Contractor shall prepare the SWPPP with sections and appendices, in accordance with the current
ADEC SWPPP template and the following additional information:
1. Add additional appendices for:
a. Appendix L -- Hazardous Material Control Plan (HMCP)
b. Appendix M -- SWPPP Preparer’s Site Visit
c. Appendix N -- Rainfall Logs
d. Appendix O – NOT forms and Acknowledgement letters from ADEC (Include
Contractor’s)
2. Use the following forms for recording information in the
SWPPP:
a. SWPPP Amendment Log
b. SWPPP Certification for Contractor
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 10 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
c. SWPPP Construction Site Inspection Report
d. SWPPP Corrective Action Log
e. SWPPP Daily Record of Rainfall
f. SWPPP Delegation of Signature Authority Contractor
g. SWPPP Grading and Stabilization Activities Log
h. SWPPP Pre-Construction Site Visit
i. SWPPP Subcontractor Certification
j. SWPPP Training Log
D. SWPPP Considerations and Contents
The SWPPP shall provide erosion and sediment control measures for all Construction Activity. The
SWPPP shall include the activities of the Contractor, all subcontractors, and utility companies
performing Work. The SWPPP shall describe the roles and responsibilities of the Contractor,
subcontractors, and utility companies with regard to implementation of the SWPPP.
The SWPPP shall identify all operators for the Project including utility companies performing
Construction Activity, and identify the areas over which each operator as operational control and
where the Municipality and Contractor are cooperators. The SWPPP shall include any material
sites, waste disposal sites, borrow and fill sites, and equipment and material storage sites. If
those sites are covered under a different permit or operated by a different entity, the Contractor
shall provide the permit information and/or operational information as part of the SWPPP.
Contractor shall prepare the SWPPP according to the requirements of the CGP and this
specification, including accounting for the Contractor’s construction methods and phasing, and
identifying the amount of mean annual precipitation. Contractor shall include an Antidegredation
Analysis in the SWPPP, if storm water from the Project discharges into a receiving water that is
considered a high quality water and constitutes an outstanding national resource. The City does
not provide the analysis. The Contractor shall perform this analysis according to the CGP Part
2.1.5. There are special requirements in the CGP Part 3.2, for storm water discharges into an
impaired water body, which may include monitoring of storm water discharges. For projects
meeting the permit criteria, the Contractor is responsible for compliance with the CGP Part 3.2
inside and outside the Project Zone. Contractor shall preserve natural topsoil where possible.
Contractor shall delineate the site in accordance to CGP Part 4.1. Contractor shall use stakes,
flags, or silt fence, etc. to identify areas where land disturbing activities will occur and areas that
will be left undisturbed. Contractor shall minimize the amount of soil exposed during Construction
Activity in accordance to CGP Part 4.1.2. Contractor shall conform to the dewatering
requirements of CGP Part 4.3. The SWPPP shall identify specific areas where potential erosion,
sedimentation, or pollution may occur. The potential for wind erosion shall be addressed. The
potential for erosion at drainage structures shall be addressed. SWPPP shall include in the
“Stabilize Soils” section, a description of how the Contractor will minimize the amount of
disturbed and unstabilized ground in the fall season. Contractor shall identify anticipated dates of
fall freeze-up and spring thaw. Contractor’s SWPPP shall describe how the Contractor will stabilize
areas when it is close to or past the seasonal time of snow cover or frozen conditions, and before
the first seasonal thaw. Contractor’s SWPPP shall include a plan for final stabilization.
The SWPPP shall provide designated areas for equipment and wheel washing, equipment fueling
and maintenance, chemical storage, staging or material storage, waste or disposal sites, concrete
washouts, paint and stucco washouts, and sanitary toilets. These activities shall be done in
designated areas that are located, to the extent practicable, away from drain inlets, conveyance
channels, and waters of the US. No discharges are allowed from concrete washout, paint and
stucco washout; or from release oils, curing compounds, fuels, oils, soaps, and solvents.
Equipment and wheel washing water may be treated and discharged.
Contractor shall implement temporary BMPs for a two (2)-year-twenty-four (24) hour storm
event. Contractor shall describe BMPs in the SWPPP and in SWPPP Amendments, including source
controls, sediment controls, discharge points, and all temporary and permanent stabilization
measures. Contractor’s SWPPP shall describe the design, placement, installation, and
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 11 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
maintenance of each BMP, using words and drawings as appropriate. Contractor shall provide a
citation to the BMP Manual or publication used as a source for the BMP, including the title of the
BMP Manual or publication, the author (individual or agency), and date of publication. If no
published source was used to select or design a BMP, then the SWPPP or SWPPP amendment
shall state that “No BMP manual or publication was used for this design.”
Contractor shall describe the sequence and timing of activities that disturb soils and of BMP
implementation and removal. Contractor shall phase earth disturbing activities to minimize
unstabilized areas and to achieve temporary or final stabilization quickly. Whenever practicable,
the Contractor shall incorporate final stabilization work into excavation, embankment and grading
activities. Contractor shall identify the inspection frequency in the SWPPP. At a minimum the
inspection frequency shall be:
• at least once every seven (7) days during construction; or
• at least once every fourteen (14) days during construction and within
twenty-four (24) hours of the end of a storm event of one-half inch (1/2”) or
greater rainfall in a twenty-four (24) hour period (one-half inch (1/2”)
rainfall as recorded at the project site rain gauge)
The SWPPP shall cite and incorporate applicable requirements of the Project permits,
environmental commitments, and commitments related to historic preservation. The SWPPP is a
dynamic document. The Contractor shall maintain the SWPPP current by noting installation,
modification, and removal of BMPs, and by using amendments, SWPPP amendment logs,
Inspection Reports, corrective action logs, records of land disturbance and stabilization, and other
records necessary to document storm water pollution prevention activities and to satisfy the
requirements of the CGP and this specification.
E. Recording Personnel and Contact Information in the SWPPP.
Contractor shall include records of the AK-CESCL cards or certificates for the Superintendent,
SWPPP Manager, acting Superintendent and acting SWPPP Managers in the SWPPP.
Contractor shall provide twenty-four- (24)-hour contact information for the Superintendent and
SWPPP Manager. The Superintendent and SWPPP Manager shall have twenty-four- (24)-hour
contact information for all Subcontractor SWPPP Coordinators and Utility SWPPP Coordinators.
Articles 2.10 and 2.11 are not included.
Article 2.12 Superintendent and SWPPP Manager Responsibility and Authority
Contractor’s superintendent is responsible for the overall operation of the Project and all Contractorfurnished sites and facilities directly related to the Project. The Superintendent shall sign and certify the
SWPPP, Inspection Reports, and other reports required by the CGP except the NOI and NOT. The
Superintendent may not delegate the task or responsibility of signing and certifying the SWPPP submitted
under Article 2.4, Inspection Reports, and other reports required by the CGP. The Superintendent may
assign certain duties to the SWPPP Manager, which may include:
• ensuring Contractor’s and subcontractor’s compliance with the SWPPP and CGP;
• ensuring the control of erosion, sedimentation, or discharge of pollutants;
• directing and overseeing installation, maintenance, and removal of BMPs;
• performing Inspections; and
• updating the SWPPP including adding amendments and forms.
Contractor shall ensure that Superintendent and SWPPP Manager are knowledgeable in
the requirements of this Section, the SWPPP, CGP, BMPs, HMCP, SPCC Plan,
environmental permits, environmental commitments, and historic preservation
commitments. Contractor’s Superintendent and SWPPP Manager shall have the complete
authority and shall be responsible for suspending construction activities that do not
conform to the SWPPP or CGP.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 12 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Article 2.13 Materials
Contractor shall
• use materials suitable to withstand hydraulic, wind, and soil forces, and to control
erosion and trap sediments according to the requirements of the CGP and the
Specifications.
• use the temporary seed mixture specified by special provision, or use annual rye grass
if no temporary seed mix is specified.
• use straw that is certified free of noxious weed by the United States Department of
Agriculture(USDA), Natural Resources Conservation Service, Local Soil and Water
Conservative District(NRCS). Alaska Weed Free Forage Certification Program shall be
used when available.
Article 2.14 Construction Requirements
Contractor shall be familiar with the requirements of the CGP. Contractor shall fully comply with the
SWPPP and the requirements of the CGP.
A. Prior to Construction
Contractor shall complete the following actions before construction activity begins:
1. the SWPPP Preparer shall visit the Project, the visit shall be documented in the
SWPPP, and the SWPPP shall be developed (or amended) with findings from the visit ;
2. the SWPPP shall be approved by the Engineer;
3. the Contractor shall be authorized to begin construction only by the Engineer;
4. the Project eNOIs for the Contractor, as well as other eNOIs if there are additional
operators, shall be listed as Active Status on the ADEC website before construction
activity commences ;
5. Contractor shall post notices on project site containing the following information:
• Copy of all eNOIs related to this project
• Name and twenty-four- (24)-hour phone number of SWPPP Manager and
Superintendent
• Location of the SWPPP
6. Contractor shall prominently post notices on the outside wall of the Contractor’s
Project office and near the main entrances of the construction project. Postings shall be
protected from the weather. Contractor shall locate postings so the public can read them
without obstructing construction activities or the traveling public (for example, at an
existing pullout). Do not use retro-reflective signs for the SWPPP posting. Do not locate
SWPPP signs in locations where the signs may be confused with traffic control signs or
devices. Contractor shall update the notices if the listed information changes.
7. Contractor shall install an outdoor rain gauge in accordance with manufacturer’s
guidance in a readily accessible location on the Project.
8. Contractor shall delineate the site for both ground disturbing activities and areas that
will be left undisturbed and install sediment controls and other BMPs that shall be placed
prior to the initiation of Construction Activity.
B. During Construction
1. Contractor shall ensure subcontractors understand and comply with the WPPP and the
CGP, and have signed a SWPPP Subcontractor Certification. Contractor shall include
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 13 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SWPPP Subcontractor Certifications as an appendix to the SWPPP. Contractor shall
provide SWPPP information to utility companies and coordinate with Subcontractors and
utility companies doing work in the Project Zone so that BMPs, including but not limited
to, temporary and permanent stabilization, are installed, maintained, and protected from
damage.
2. Contractor shall provide on-going training to employees and Subcontractors, on
control measures at the site and applicable storm water pollution prevention procedures.
Training shall be documented on the SWPPP Training Log Form, including the dates and
attendees to these trainings.
Contractor shall include the SWPPP Training Log as an appendix to the SWPPP. 3.
Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately if the actions of any utility company or
Subcontractor do not comply with the SWPPP and the CGP.
4. Contractor shall not install concrete washout containment within one hundred
(100) feet of wetlands and/or other water bodies.
5. Contractor shall keep the SWPPP current (refer to Article 2.9.C SWPPP Considerations
and Contents)
C. Pollutant and Hazardous Materials Reporting Requirements
Contractor shall immediately report incidents of non-compliance with the CGP that may endanger
health or the environment to ADEC. Incident report shall conform to the CGP, Appendix A, Part
3.0. Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and coordinate reports to ADEC with the
Engineer. The report shall include:
• a description of the noncompliance and its causes;
• the exact dates and times of noncompliance;
• if not yet corrected, the anticipated time the project will be brought back
into compliance; and
• the corrective action taken or planned to reduce, eliminate and prevent reoccurrence.
Contractor shall report spills of petroleum products or other hazardous materials to the Engineer
and other agencies as required by law.
D. Corrective Action and Maintenance of BMPs
If a corrective action is not implemented within the time requirements of this Section, the
Contractor shall document the situation in the SWPPP, notify the Engineer and immediately
implement alternative BMPs.
1. Contractor shall implement maintenance of BMP’s as required by the CGP, SWPPP, and
manufacturer’s specifications, whichever is more restrictive.
2. Contractor shall implement corrective action should any of the following occur:
a. if an incident of non-compliance with the SWPPP or CGP is identified;
b. if an Inspection identifies the SWPPP or any part of the SWPPP is ineffective in
preventing erosion, sedimentation or the discharge of pollutants;
c. if the Engineer determines the SWPPP or any part of the SWPPP is ineffective in
preventing the erosion, sedimentation, or the discharge of pollutants;
d. if any BMP is damaged, undercut, or unable to effectively perform the intended
function;
e. before sediment or debris fills any BMP (including sediment traps, ponds and silt
fences) to 50% of its design storage capacity (or manufacturer’s specifications or
SWPPP requirements, whichever is lower); or
f. whenever there is a change in conditions, design, construction, operation, or
maintenance that could result in erosion, sedimentation, or the
discharge of pollutants.
3. Contractor shall implement corrective actions so that the following time requirements
are satisfied:
a. corrective action is completed as soon as possible;
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 14 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
b. corrective action is completed before the next storm event ;
c. corrective action is completed in time to protect water quality; and
d. corrective action is completed no later than the Complete-by-Date that was
entered in an Inspection Report (see Article 2.16 for more information).
E. Stabilization
Contractor shall stabilize disturbed areas using temporary or permanent BMP’s. Contractor shall
initiate stabilization of disturbed soils, erodible stockpiles, disposal sites, and of erodible
aggregate layers so that all of the following conditions are satisfied:
• as soon as practicable;
• as soon as necessary to avoid erosion, sedimentation, or the discharge of
pollutants;
• as identified in the SWPPP; and
• disturbed land or land surface shall be stabilized within fourteen (14) days
after the temporary or permanent cessation of land-disturbing activities on a portion of the site
In accordance with the SWPPP. Contractor shall coordinate work to minimize the amount of
disturbed soil at any one time. Contractor shall not disturb more soil than the Contractor can
stabilize with the resources available. Land which is disturbed multiple times during a project will
require as necessary multiple stabilization efforts. Contractor shall temporarily stabilize from wind
and water erosion those portions of disturbed soils, portions of stockpiles, and portions of
disposal sites that are not in active construction. Temporary stabilization measures may require a
combination of measures including, but not limited to, vegetative cover, mulch, stabilizing
emulsions, blankets, mats, soil binders, non-erodible cover, dust palliatives, or other approved
methods.
Before applying temporary or permanent seeding, Contractor shall prepare the surface to be
seeded to reduce erosion potential and to facilitate germination and growth of vegetative cover.
Contractor shall apply seed, maintain seeded areas, and reseed areas where growth of temporary
vegetative cover is inadequate to stabilize disturbed ground.
Contractor shall apply permanent seed, within the time periods required, at locations where
seeding is indicated on the Drawings and after land-disturbing activity is permanently ceased.
When installing a culvert or other drainage structure where a stream bypass is not used,
Contractor shall install temporary or permanent stabilization concurrently or immediately after
placing the culvert or drainage structure in a manner that complies with the SWPPP, applicable
project permits and prevents discharge of pollutants. Contractor shall install temporary and
permanent stabilization:
• at the culvert or drainage structure inlet and outlet and
• in the areas upstream and downstream that may be disturbed by the process of installing the
culvert, culvert end walls, culvert end sections, or drainage structure. Before deactivating a
stream bypass or stream diversion used for construction of a bridge, culvert, or drainage
structure, the Contractor shall install permanent stabilization:
• at the inlet and outlet of the culvert, drainage structure, or bridge;
• in the area upstream and downstream of the culvert, drainage structure, or bridge, that is
disturbed during installation or construction; and
• under the bridge.
F. Ending CGP Coverage and BMP Maintenance
The Engineer will determine the date that all the following conditions for ending CGP coverage
have been met within the Project Zone based on, but not limited to, the following:
• land disturbing activities have ceased;
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 15 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
• Final Stabilization has been achieved (including material sources, disposal sites, staging areas,
equipment areas, etc.)
• temporary BMPs have been removed.
• submit an eNOT to ADEC; and
• provide a copy of the eNOT and ADEC’s acknowledgement letter to the Contractor
Contractor shall end permit coverage within the Project Zone by submitting an eNOT to ADEC
within 30 days of meeting the conditions for ending CGP coverage. The Contractor is responsible
for BMP maintenance and SWPPP updates until permit coverage is ended.
Contractor shall indicate in the SWPPP the areas that have reached Final Stabilization, and the
dates land disturbing activities ended and Final Stabilization was achieved. The Contractor shall
submit an eNOT to ADEC, the Contractor shall submit a copy of each signed eNOT and ADEC’s
acknowledgement letter to the City within 30 days of receiving them.
G. Transmit final SWPPP
Contractor shall transmit one (1) copy of the final SWPPP, including all amendments and
appendices, to the Engineer when the project eNOTs are filed. Transmittal shall be by both
electronic and hard copy.
Article 2.15 SWPPP Documents (Location on-site and Record Retention)
Contractor shall maintain the SWPPP and related documents as the Record that demonstrates compliance
with the CGP. Copies of SWPPP documents transmitted to the Engineer under the requirements of this
specification are informational and do not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to maintain complete
records as required by the CGP and this Section.
Contractor shall maintain the SWPPP Plan at the on-site project office. If there is not an on-site project
office, the Contractor shall maintain the documents at an onsite project location that meets CGP
requirements and this specification. Records may be moved to another office for record retention during
winter shutdown or after the eNOTs are filed. Contractor shall update on-site postings if records are
relocated during winter shutdown. Contractor shall update and maintain all postings current and shall
provide the Municipality with copies of all Records.
Contractor shall retain Records and a copy of the SWPPP for at least three years after the date of eNOT.
If EPA or ADEC inspects the project, issues a Notice of Violation (NOV), or begins investigation for a
potential NOV before the retention period expires, Contractor shall retain the SWPPP and all Records
related to the SWPPP and CGP until at least three years after EPA and/or ADEC has determined all issues
related to the investigation are settled.
The SWPPP and related documents shall be made available for review and copies provided to other
regulatory agencies that request them. The project site documents, including related off-site areas or
support activities, shall be made available for inspection, or sampling and monitoring, by the Municipality
and other regulatory agencies.
Article 2.16 SWPPP Inspections, Amendments, Reports, and Logs
Contractor shall perform inspections, prepare inspection reports, and prepare SWPPP Amendments in
compliance with the SWPPP and the CGP. Contractor shall update the SWPPP Corrective Action Log,
SWPPP Amendment Log, SWPPP Grading and Stabilization Activities Log, and SWPPP Daily Record of
Rainfall forms. For active projects the Contractor shall update the Records daily.
A. Inspection during Construction
Contractor shall conduct periodic inspections according to the schedule and requirements of the
SWPPP and CGP. Inspections required by the CGP and SWPPP shall be performed jointly by the
Contractor’s SWPPP Manager and the Municipality’s inspector.
B. Inspection Reports
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 16 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Contractor shall use the SWPPP Construction Site Inspection Report Form to record Inspections.
Changes or revisions to Form are not permitted; except for adding or deleting data fields that list
the location of discharge points and site specific BMPs. Contractor shall complete all fields
included on the Inspection Report form; do not leave any field blank.
Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, Contractor shall insert a Complete-by- Date or each
listed corrective action. Complete-by-date is a date that either complies with the time
requirements listed in Article 2.16.D or six calendar days after the date of the inspection,
whichever is sooner. Contractor shall provide a copy of the completed Inspection Report to the
Engineer by noon of the day after inspection.
The Superintendent shall review, correct errors, and sign and certify the Inspection Report,
within three days of the date of Inspection. The Engineer may coordinate with the
Superintendent to review and correct errors or omissions before the Superintendent signs the
report. Corrections are limited to adding missing information or correcting entries to match field
notes and conditions present at the time the Inspection was performed. Contractor shall deliver
the signed and certified Inspection Report to the Engineer on the same day the Superintendent
signs it.
The Engineer may make corrections after the Superintendent has signed and certified the
Inspection Report. The Engineer will initial and date each correction. If the Engineer makes
corrections, the Superintendent shall re-certify the Inspection Report by entering a new signature
and date in the white space below the original signature and date lines. Contractor shall deliver a
copy of the recertified Inspection Report to the Engineer on the day it is recertified. If
subsequent corrections to the certified Inspection Report are required, Contractor shall document
the corrections in an addendum that addresses only
the omitted or erroneous portions of the original Inspection Report. The Superintendent shall
sign and certify the addendum.
C. Inspection before Seasonal Suspension of Work
Contractor and the Municipality shall conduct an inspection not more than fourteen (14) days
before seasonal suspension of work to confirm BMPs are installed and functioning according to
the requirements of the SWPPP and CGP.
D. Reduced Inspection Frequencies
Contractor shall conduct inspections according to the inspection schedule in the approved
SWPPP. Changes in inspection frequency, including beginning and ending dates shall be
approved by the Engineer, and documented as an amendment to the SWPPP.
Inspection frequency during winter work or seasonal suspension of work may be reduced to at
least one Inspection every thirty (30) days, if approved by the Engineer, and one of the following
requirements is met:
• the entire site is temporarily stabilized;
• runoff is unlikely due to winter conditions (e.g. the site is covered with
snow, ice or the ground is frozen, and water flow or seepage is not likely
to occur); or
• soil disturbing activities are suspended.
The Engineer may waive winter monthly Inspection requirements until twentyone
(21) days before thawing conditions are expected to result in a discharge,
if the following requirements are met:
• frozen conditions are anticipated to continue for more than one month;
and
• land disturbance activities have been suspended.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 17 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Inspections shall resume according to the normal inspection schedule identified in the SWPPP, at
least twenty-one (21) days before anticipated spring thaw. The Engineer may waive
requirements for updating the Grading and Stabilization Activities Log and Daily Record of Rainfall
during seasonal suspension of work. If so, Contractor shall resume collecting and recording
weather data on the Daily Record of Rainfall form one month before thawing conditions are
expected to result in runoff. The Contractor shall resume recording land disturbance and
stabilization activities on the Grading and Stabilization Activities Log when Construction Activity
resumes.
E. Stabilization before Spring Thaw Construction Activities within the Project Zone shall be
stabilized in accordance with the CGP by the Contractor with appropriate BMPs prior to spring
thaw.
F. Inspection before Project Completion
Contractor shall conduct an inspection to ensure Final Stabilization is complete throughout the
Project, and temporary BMPs that are required to be removed are removed. Temporary BMPs
that are biodegradable and are specifically designed and installed with the intent of remaining in
place until they degrade, may remain in place after project completion.
G. Items and Areas to Inspect
Contractor shall conduct inspections of the areas required by the CGP and SWPPP.
H. SWPPP Amendments and SWPPP Amendment Log The Superintendent and the SWPPP
Manager are the only persons authorized to amend the SWPPP and update the SWPPP
Amendment Log. The Superintendent or the SWPPP Manager shall sign and date amendments to
the SWPPP and updates to the SWPPP Amendment Log.
SWPPP Amendments shall be approved by the Engineer.
Amendments shall be prepared whenever:
• there is a change in design or construction operation;
• maintenance occurs at the construction site that has or could cause erosion or sedimentation;
• there is a discharge of pollutants that has not been previously addressed in the SWPPP;
• an Inspection identifies that any portion of the SWPPP is ineffective in preventing erosion,
sedimentation, or the discharge of pollutants;
• an Inspection identifies a problem that requires additional or modified BMPs;
• a BMP is modified during construction or a BMP not shown in the original SWPPP is added ;
• the Inspection frequency is modified (note beginning and ending dates); or
• a change occurs in personnel who are identified in the SWPPP, according to Article 2.9.D.
Contractor shall record removal of BMPs as amendments to the SWPPP. See Article 2.9.C for
documenting removal of BMPs. Contractor shall amend the SWPPP narrative as soon as
practicable after a change or modification, but in no case, later than seven (7) days following
identification of the need for an amendment. The SWPPP Amendment shall be
signed, dated, and cross-reference the amendment number with the Corrective Action Log or
SWPPP page number, as applicable. When a BMP is modified or added, describe the BMP
according to Article 2.9.C The Contractor shall maintain the SWPPP Amendment Log. Prior to
performing each scheduled Inspection, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a copy of the
pages of the Amendment Log that contain new entries since the last submittal, including copies
of any documents amending the SWPPP.
The Contractor shall append the SWPPP Amendment Log to the SWPPP.
I. Site Maps
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 18 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Contractor shall document installation, routine maintenance and removal of BMPs by annotating
the SWPPP Site Maps, including the date and the recording person’s initials by these notes.
Contractor shall identify areas where Construction Activities begin, areas where Construction
Activities temporarily or permanently cease, and areas that are temporarily or permanently
stabilized.
J. Corrective Action Log
The Superintendent and SWPPP Manager are the only persons authorized to make entries on the
SWPPP Corrective Action Log. Contractor shall document the need for corrective action within
twenty-four (24) hours of either:
• identification during an inspection; or
• discovery by the Municipality’s or Contractor’s staff, a subcontractor, or a regulatory agency
inspector. Modification or replacement of a BMP, installation of a new BMP not shown in the
original SWPPP, or overdue maintenance (for example after a sediment trap
exceeds fifty percent (50%) of capacity) is a corrective action and shall be documented on the
Corrective Action Log. Do not record removal of BMPs on the Corrective Action Log.
After each Inspection Report has been signed and certified, Contractor shall update the
Corrective Action Log with the date of inspection and all proposed corrective actions noted on the
Inspection Report. After the corrective action has been accomplished, the Contractor shall note
the action taken if a SWPPP amendment was needed and date and initial the entry.
Contractor shall maintain the Corrective Action Log current and submit a copy to the Engineer
prior to performing each scheduled SWPPP Inspection. Contractor shall append the Corrective
Action Log as an appendix to the SWPPP.
K. Grading and Stabilization Activities Log
The Superintendent and SWPPP Manager are the only persons authorized to date and initial
entries on the SWPPP Grading and Stabilization Activities Log. Contractor shall use the SWPPP
Grading and Stabilization Activities Log to record land disturbance and stabilization activities.
Contractor shall keep the Grading and Stabilization Activities Log current and submit a copy to
the Engineer prior to performing each scheduled SWPPP
Inspection. Contractor shall append the Grading and Stabilization Activities Log as an
appendix to the SWPPP.
L. Daily Record of Rainfall
Contractor shall use SWPPP Daily Record of Rainfall, to record weather conditions at the Project
and update the form daily, including the initials of the person recording each day’s entry.
Contractor shall submit a copy to the Engineer prior to performing each scheduled Inspection.
Contractor shall append the Daily Record of Rainfall to the SWPPP.
Article 2.17 Failure to Perform Work
The Engineer will suspend Work and withhold monies for incidents of non-compliance with either the CGP
or SWPPP. If the suspension is to protect workers, the public, or the environment from imminent harm,
the Engineer may orally order the suspension of Work. Following an oral order of suspension, the
Engineer will promptly give written notice of suspension. In other circumstances, the Engineer will give
the Contractor written notice of suspension before suspension of Work. A notice of suspension will state
the defects or reasons for a suspension, the corrective actions required to stop suspension, and the time
allowed to complete corrective actions. If the Contractor fails to take the corrective action within the
specified time, the Engineer may:
1. suspend the work until corrective action is completed;
2. withhold monies due the Contractor until corrective action is completed;
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 19 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
3. assess damages or equitable adjustments against the Contract amount; and
4. employ others to perform the corrective action and deduct the cost from the Contract
amount.
Reasons for the Engineer to take action under this section include, but are not limited to,
the Contractor’s failure to:
• obtain appropriate permits before Construction Activities occur;
• perform SWPPP Administration;
• perform timely Inspections;
• update the SWPPP;
• transmit updated SWPPP, Inspection Reports, and other updated SWPPP forms to the
Engineer;
• maintain effective BMPs to control erosion, sedimentation, and pollution in accordance
with the SWPPP, the CGP, and applicable local, state, and federal requirements;
• perform duties according to the requirements of this Section; or
• meet requirements of the CGP, SWPPP, or other permits, laws, and regulations related
to erosion, sediment, or pollution control. No additional Contract time or additional
compensation is allowed due to delays caused by the Engineer’s suspension of Work
under this Article.
Article 2.18 Measurement
The Work in this Section is measured by lump sum and will consist of all labor, materials, and equipment
required to prepare and implement a SWPPP, including all required SWPPP amendments, revisions,
inspections, and all other measures necessary to complete the Work.
Article 2.19 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and
Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section.
Payment will be made under the following item:
ITEM
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
UNIT
Lump Sum
Page 20 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 20.07 REMOVAL OF SIDEWALK AND CONCRETE APRON
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 7.1 General
The Work under this Section consists of performing all operations pertaining to the removal and disposal
of sidewalks and concrete aprons designated for removal, including wire mesh or steel reinforcement
within the concrete sidewalk and apron, in accordance with the limits shown on the Drawings or as
directed by the Engineer.
Article 7.2 Construction
Sidewalks or concrete aprons to be removed shall be saw cut or broken at a joint. Broken joints shall be
finished, as required by the Engineer, to eliminate jagged edges. The Contractor shall dispose of this
material at a Contractor-provided disposal site as delineated in Division 10, Section 10.04, Article 4.9 –
Disposal Sites.
Article 7.3 Measurement
Sidewalk and concrete apron designated for removal will be measured by linear foot regardless of width
and thickness along the face of the adjacent curb.
Article 7.4 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and
Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section.
Payment shall be made under the following unit:
ITEM
Remove Sidewalk
Remove Concrete Apron
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
UNIT
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Page 21 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 20.08 REMOVAL OF CURB AND GUTTER
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 8.1 General
The Work under this Section consists of performing all operations pertaining to the removal and disposal
of existing curb and gutter designated for removal, including any wire mesh or steel reinforcement within
the curb and gutter, in accordance with the limits shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
Article 8.2 Construction
Curb and gutter to be removed shall be saw cut or broken at a joint. Broken joints shall be finished, as
required by the Engineer, to eliminate jagged edges. The Contractor shall dispose of removed curb and
gutter at a Contractor-provided disposal site as delineated in Division 10, Section 10.04, Article 4.9 –
Disposal Sites.
Article 8.3 Measurement
Curb and gutter removal designated for removal will be measured in linear feet removed, measured along
the face of the curb.
Article 8.4 Basis of Payment
Payment for this item shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and
Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section.
Payment shall be made under the following unit:
ITEM
UNIT
Remove Curb and Gutter
Linear Foot
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 22 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 20.09 REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 9.1 General
The Work under this Section consists of performance of all operations pertaining to the removal and
disposal of existing pavement in accordance with the limits indicated on the Drawings and as directed by
the Engineer.
The Contractor will remove existing pavement (roads, driveways, etc.) within the right-of-way to a line
one foot (1’) back of the proposed improvements during the initial clearing/excavation operations.
Further removal will be as directed by the Engineer in order to provide a proper transition between new
and existing pavement. The intent is to minimize unnecessary removal of pavement.
The Contractor shall remove all pavement designated for removal, including pavement placed within the
gutter pan. Removal of the pavement within the gutter pan shall be considered incidental to the bid item
“Remove Existing Pavement” and no separate payment shall be made.
Article 9.2 Construction
Pavement shall be removed by the Contractor in a manner that will produce a straight, uniform edge
along the section removed. The method of producing the straight edge shall be by cutting the section
with a power-driven saw, or other methods approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall dispose of removed asphalt at a Contractor-provided disposal site as delineated in
Division 10, Section 10.04, Article 4.9 – Disposal Sites.
Article 9.3 Measurement
Pavement removed will be measured by the square yard of pavement designated for removal, regardless
of thickness, except that no measurement will be made of pavement less than one inch (1”) thick.
Article 9.4 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and
Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section. Payment shall be made
under the following unit:
ITEM
Remove Pavement
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
UNIT
Square Yard
Page 23 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 20.10 EXCAVATION FOR TRAFFIC WAYS
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 10.1 General
The Work under this Section consists of furnishing all plant, labor, equipment, supplies, and material in
performance of all operations pertaining to the excavation of unsuitable and/or surplus material for
street, alleys, access roads, parking lots, sidewalks, curbs, gutter, and bike trails.
Additional excavation for roadways may be required when authorized in writing by the Engineer.
Contractor shall not be entitled to additional compensation for performing excavation not previously
authorized by the Engineer.
Article 10.2 Survey Stakes
The Contractor shall place control stakes on each side of, and beyond the limits of, the proposed
excavation. Stakes will be set at grade breaks and on even grades at intervals not to exceed fifty feet
(50’), with additional stakes on vertical curves. These shall be marked with the station, offset, and show
the cut or fill to centerline or grid design grade.
Article 10.3 Miscellaneous
Public property lying within the right-of-way, such as signs and markers, that interferes with construction
shall be removed and reset at the time and place as directed by the Engineer. Any damage by the
Contractor shall be repaired or the item replaced in kind at the Contractor's expense.
Contractor shall remove culverts designated for salvage. Contractor shall deliver salvaged culverts to the
location specified in the Contract Documents or as directed by the Engineer. A disposal site for nonsalvageable materials shall be provided by the Contractor per Division 10, Section 10.04, Article 4.9 –
Disposal Sites.
All existing valve boxes, cleanouts, manholes, etc. shall be located and exposed by the Contractor and
carefully protected during the course of the Work. The Contractor, in conjunction with the Engineer, shall
check all utilities prior to the start of the construction and record their condition. All manholes, catch
basins, cleanouts, etc. will be checked for damage resulting from the Contractor's operation prior to final
acceptance by the Owner. The Contractor is responsible for restoring all existing utilities to pre-existing
conditions, and shall coordinate with the affected utility in having any necessary repairs completed.
All existing utilities requiring adjustment to grade shall be adjusted by the Contractor in accordance with
the applicable Standard Details. Payment for such adjustment shall be as specified under the applicable
Section of these Specifications.
Article 10.4 Unusable and Usable Excavation
Unusable excavation shall consist of all excavation which is excess or not suitable for classified fill or
backfill as determined by the Engineer. When grubbing of the surface organic or root mat is not required
elsewhere on the Drawings or Specifications, unusable excavation shall include the surface mat.
Usable excavation shall consist of material from excavation that is designated by the Engineer as suitable
for fill or backfill.
If usable soil conditions are encountered at elevations different from those indicated on the Drawings, the
Engineer may direct, in writing, that the excavation be altered to elevations either above or below those
specified.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 24 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Any unauthorized excavation beyond the specified lines, grades, and cross sections shall be filled with
classified fill or backfill and compacted without additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall control
the banks of all excavated areas as necessary to prevent movement of soil in areas supporting existing
foundations, slabs, poles or other structures.
Where unusable soils are encountered in the subgrade within the specified depth below finish grade as
indicated on the Drawings, the Contractor shall excavate to a depth such that usable soils are uncovered
or the depth below finished grade as directed by the Engineer. The excavations shall be uniformly shaped
so that classified backfill material can be properly placed and compacted. The area shall be feathered to
adjoining areas where usable material is found. Excavated area shall not be backfilled cross sectional
elevations and measurements of the area excavated have been taken.
The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping all embankments and excavation well shaped and
drained. The subgrade shall be maintained, compacted in cut sections if required, and kept free of leaves,
sticks, or other debris.
The Contractor shall perform whatever work necessary to prevent flow and accumulation of surface water
or ground water in excavations. Unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions, all Work associated
with pumping or dewatering shall be considered incidental to the Contract and no separate payment shall
be made.
Article 10.5 Utilization or Disposal of Excavated Material
Excavated material conforming to the specifications for classified fill and backfill shall be used where
practical for fill and backfill as directed by the Engineer. When this material is used, it shall be considered
usable excavation. Usable excavation shall be compacted in accordance with Section 20.01, Article 1.5 Compaction Standards. When not used on the Project site, the material shall be hauled away and treated
as unusable excavation. Unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions, the Contractor will not be
required to transport usable excavation from one schedule of a Contract for use in another schedule of
the same Contract unless they are continuous or adjacent.
Article 10.6 Excavation
The Contractor shall utilize whatever methods and equipment necessary to excavate to the limits
designated by the Drawings and Specifications and authorized by the Engineer, except that no equipment
or method may be utilized that because of its action deteriorates the subgrade making additional
excavation necessary beyond the limits originally authorized.
Article 10.7 Measurement
The measurement of excavation will not include water or other liquids but will include topsoil, mud,
muck, or other similar semi-solid material which cannot be drained or pumped away.
Usable excavation will be measured per cubic yard by cross section or at the option of the Engineer per
cubic yard by truck count. Computation of truck volumes will be by actual measurement to arrive at truck
loading, adjusted by an appropriate swell factor.
Unusable excavation will be measured per cubic yard by cross section, or per ton; or at the option of the
Engineer per cubic yard by truck count. Computation of truck volumes will be by actual measurement to
arrive at truck loading, adjusted by an appropriate swell factor.
Cross-section measurement of usable or unusable excavation shall be based on in-place volumes as
determined by the average end areas of cross sections.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 25 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
For all scale measured quantities, the Contractor shall furnish a scale certified by the State of Alaska for
weighing excavation at a location agreeable to the Engineer. Weight tickets will be serialized and
witnessed at the time of weighing by a Contractor-furnished weighman. The Engineer may at any time
verify load weights and weighing process. Tickets shall be presented for each load at time of delivery to
the Engineer or his designated representative.
Article 10.8 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and
Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section.
Payment for usable excavation includes the costs of subsequent placement and compaction of the
excavated material and shall not be paid separately as Classified Fill or Backfill. Payment for unusable
excavation includes removal from the project site and disposal in accordance with Section 20.27 –
Disposal of Unusable or Surplus Material.
Payment shall be made under the following units:
ITEM
Unusable Excavation
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
UNIT
Cubic Yard, Truck Count
Page 26 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 20.14 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION FOR
SERVICE CONNECTIONS
Article 14.1 General
The Work under this Section consists of performing all operations necessary for excavation, backfill, and
compaction required for service connections and all other miscellaneous items as specified in this Section.
Service connections include Sanitary Sewer Service Connections, Footing Drain Services, and Water
Service Lines.
Article 14.2 Construction
A. Excavation
Excavation for service connections shall be unclassified and the Contractor shall excavate whatever
substances that are encountered to the depth required for the connections. However, if rock or
permafrost is encountered in the trench section different from what is shown on the Drawings,
measurement and payment will be as delineated in Section 20.13, Articles 13.4 - Measurement and 13.5 Basis of Payment.
Depth for service connections shall be as required by the utility. Variations in required depth will not be
grounds for additional payment. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to familiarize himself with the
depth of the main line utilities and storm drain systems for the project. The Contractor shall excavate for
service connections in such a manner that the excavation is ninety (90) degrees to the street line,
whenever possible. The ditch shall be long enough to allow the
service connection to be stubbed at the property line.
Trenches shall be of sufficient width at the bottom to allow for laying of the particular service (minimum
two and one-half feet [2-1/2’] for single service). Excavation of all fill materials to virgin ground is
required to provide safety for workmen utilizing the trench.
The Contractor shall be responsible for, and shall bear expenses incurred, in the event that a main line
utility should be damaged during excavation or backfilling.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor during construction to keep all embankments and
excavation well shaped and drained. The subgrade shall be maintained, compacted in cut sections if
required, and kept free of leaves, sticks, and other debris.
The Contractor shall perform all Work necessary to prevent flow and accumulation of surface water or
ground water in trenches. Unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions, all Work associated with
pumping or dewatering shall be considered a responsibility of the Contractor and shall be accomplished at
no additional cost to the Owner.
The Contractor shall submit as a part of his proposal the method to be used in the dewatering of the
trench section.
If any portion of asphalt or concrete surfacing is under-cut or damaged during trench excavation,
Contractor shall saw cut, remove, and replace the affected area at no additional cost to the Owner.
B. Backfill
At such time as the Engineer may direct, but only after the service lines and appurtenances have been
properly completed and inspected, the trenches and appurtenant structures shall be backfilled. The
backfill material, free from clods or boulders, shall be placed by the Contractor in conformance with the
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 27 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
codes and regulations of the Municipality. Backfill shall be placed and compacted in conformance with
Section 20.13 - Trench Excavation and Backfill.
The material shall be placed and spread uniformly in successive layers not exceeding twelve inches (12”)
in loose thickness. The Engineer may approve lifts of greater thickness provided the equipment and
method used will consistently achieve the specified density. The layers shall be carried up full width from
the bottom of the fill to avoid the necessity of widening the edges after the center has been brought to
grade. Each layer shall be compacted to a minimum of ninety-five percent (95%) of the maximum
density at optimum moisture as determined by the method of testing noted in Section 20.01, Article 1.5 Compaction Standards. Reasonable time shall be provided the Engineer to make field density
determinations prior to placement of successive layers of material.
The maximum dimensions of any particle of the embankment material shall not be greater than twothirds (2/3) of the compacted thickness of the layer in which it is placed. The top six inches (6”) of
embankment material for streets shall be Type II-A classified fill and backfill. Oversize material shall be
removed. Portions of any layer in which the embankment material becomes segregated shall be removed
and replaced with satisfactory material or shall be added to and remixed to secure proper gradation as
directed by the Engineer. No separate payment will be made for any material removed or regraded in
areas where material becomes segregated.
The Engineer may permit lifts in excess of twelve inch (12") thickness when fill or backfill is placed over
swampy or saturated ground, or where he is satisfied that the Contractor's method and equipment will
consistently produce the specified density. No frozen material shall be used for backfill. Backfill shall not
be placed in frozen trench.
C. Notification
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer forty-eight (48) hours before starting excavation (excluding
Saturday, Sunday and holidays) on all service connection requests which involve twelve (12) or less
connections. On connection requested for subdivisions involving more than twelve (12) connections, one
(1) week notification prior to excavating is required.
Article 14.3 Measurement
Trench excavation, backfill and compaction for service connections shall not be measured for payment.
Article 14.4 Basis of Payment
No separate payment shall be made for trench excavation, backfill and compaction for service
connections. This Work is considered incidental to the service connection pay item.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 28 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 20.21 CLASSIFIED FILL AND BACKFILL
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 21.1 General
The Work under this Section consists of performing all operations necessary to furnish,
place, and compact classified fill and backfill.
Article 21.2 Material
Classified fill and backfill shall contain no lumps, frozen material, organic matter, or other deleterious
matter, and shall be durable and sound. It shall have a plasticity index not greater than six (6) as
determined by ASTM D-424 and shall conform to one of the following types as required by the Drawings
and Specifications. The coarse aggregate material conforming to the requirements specified below shall
have a percentage of wear not to exceed thirty (30) after five hundred (500) revolutions, as determined
by the current requirements of ASTM C-131.
The portion of the material retained on a #4 sieve shall be known as coarse aggregate. Both coarse and
fine aggregates shall conform to the quality requirements of AASHTO M-147.
A. Type II
Materials furnished by the Contractor for use as Type II classified fill and/or backfill
shall be graded within the limitations delineated below:
Type II
U.S. Std. Sieve
8"
3"
1-1/2"
3/4"
#4
#10
#40
#200
Cumulative % Passing
by Weight
100
70-100
55-100
45-85
20-60
12-50
4-30
2-6
* In addition to the grading limits listed above, the fraction of material passing the #200 sieve shall not
be greater than fifteen percent (15%) of that fraction passing the #4 sieve.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 29 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
B. Type II-A
Materials furnished by the Contractor for use as Type II-A classified fill and/or
backfill shall be graded within the limitations delineated below:
Type II-A
U.S. Std. Sieve
Cumulative % Passing
by Weight
3"
100
3/4"
50-100
#4
25-60
#10
15-50
#40
4-30
#200
2-6
* In addition to the grading limits listed above, the fraction of material passing the #200 sieve shall not
be greater than twenty percent (20%) of that fraction passing the #4 sieve.
C. Type III
Materials furnished by the Contractor for use as Type III classified fill and/or backfill shall be approved
sand or gravel with a maximum of ten percent (10%) passing the #200 sieve.
D. Type IV
Materials furnished by the Contractor for use as Type IV classified fill and/or backfill shall be an approved
material consisting of sand or gravel with a maximum of twenty-five percent (25%) passing the #200
sieve.
E. Type V
Materials furnished by the Contractor for use as Type V classified fill and/or backfill shall be graded within
the limitations delineated below:
Type V
U.S. Std. Sieve
3”
1 1/2"
3/4"
#4
#10
#40
#200
Cumulative % Passing
by Weight
100
60-90
40-80
25-55
15-45
4-30
2-6
* In addition to the grading limits listed above, at least thirty percent (30%) of the coarse aggregate
particles shall have one or more mechanically fractured face.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 30 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
F. Type VI
Materials furnished by the Contractor for use as Type VI classified fill and/or backfill
shall be graded within the limitations delineated below:
Type VI
U.S. Std. Sieve
2”
1 1/2"
3/4"
1/2"
#4
#10
#40
#200
Cumulative % Passing
by Weight
100
65-95
50-80
30-60
20-50
10-30
5-25
2-6
* In addition to the grading limits listed above, at least forty percent (40%) of the coarse aggregate
particles shall have one or more mechanically fractured face.
Article 21.3 Construction
The subgrade shall be cleared of all debris and organic material. All depressions or holes below the
general area surface level, whether caused by removal of debris or unacceptable material, or otherwise,
shall be backfilled with approved material and compacted to specified density and to a level, uniform
surface before the placement of other layers. Embankment shall not be placed on frozen ground, nor on
ground having a slope greater than one vertical to four horizontal (slope 1:4).
The specified material shall be constructed at the locations and to the lines and grades indicated on the
Drawings. The material shall be placed and spread uniformly in successive layers not exceeding twelve
inches (12”) in loose thickness. The Engineer may approve lifts of greater thickness provided the
equipment and method used will consistently achieve the specified density. The layers shall be carried up
full width from the bottom of the fill to avoid the necessity of widening the edges after the center has
been brought to grade. Each layer shall be compacted to not less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the
maximum density at optimum moisture as determined by the method of testing noted in Section 20.01,
Article 1.5 – Compaction Standards. Reasonable time shall be provided the Engineer to make field density
determinations prior to placement of successive layers of material.
Blading, rolling, and tamping shall continue until the surface is smooth, free from waves and
irregularities, and conforms to elevations shown on the Drawings. If at any time the material is
excessively wet, it shall be aerated by means of blade graders, harrows, or other suitable equipment until
the moisture content is satisfactory. The surface shall then be compacted and finished as specified above.
Contractor shall submit a processing and blending plan to the Engineer for review and approval prior to
utilization of classified fill or backfill from more than one source. The plan must be accompanied by
materials analysis reports for each material source and fully describe how the material will be placed and
blended to ensure that timely and accurate in-place density testing can be achieved.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 31 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
The maximum dimensions of any particle of the embankment material shall not be greater than twothirds (2/3) of the compacted thickness of the layer in which it is placed unless specified elsewhere. The
top six inches (6”) of embankment material for roads, streets, parking lots, and bike trails, shall be Type
II-A classified fill and backfill. Oversize material shall be removed. Portions of any layer in which the
embankment material becomes segregated shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory material or
shall be added to and remixed to secure proper gradation as directed by the Engineer. No separate
payment will be made for any material removed or regraded in areas where material becomes
segregated.
The Engineer may permit lifts in excess of twelve inch (12") thickness when classified fill or backfill is
placed over swampy or saturated ground, or where he is satisfied that the Contractor's method and
equipment will consistently produce the specified density.
Embankments for bike trail sections will be brought to grade in one (1) single lift for embankments less
than eighteen inches (18”) to finish grade. Trail embankments over eighteen inches (18”) shall be
brought to grade in lifts as directed by the Engineer.
Article 21.4 Measurement
Classified fill or backfill material, obtained from borrow pits, will be measured in tons (2000 lbs.) of
material delivered and placed in accordance with these Specifications. The measurement may include
moisture up to a maximum of four percent (4.0%) of dry weight of the material. When tests by the
Engineer indicate that moisture contents in excess of four percent (4.0%) may be occurring consistently,
the frequency of testing will be increased as necessary and the results averaged over a period of one
week. When this average is greater than four percent (4.0%), the tonnage as measured over the above
period, shall be reduced by the difference. No credit will be due the Contractor when moisture content is
less than four percent (4.0%). Testing shall be done in accordance with Section 20.01, Article 1.3 –
Applicable Standards.
Imported classified fill and backfill will be weighed on a scale certified by the State of Alaska. Weight
tickets will be serialized and witnessed at the time of weighing by a Contractor-furnished weighman. The
Engineer may at any time verify load weights and the weighing process.
Where excavation of unsuitable material beyond the lines and grades shown on the Drawings is ordered
in writing, the measurement of classified backfill will include the material required for replacement. No
measurement will be made for quantities placed beyond the lines and grade authorized or for quantities
placed outside the limits of required excavation.
The Contractor and the Engineer shall verify daily the quantity of material delivered to the Project site.
Weight tickets not presented at time of delivery will require special verification by the Contractor before
payment can be made.
Article 21.5 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and
Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section. Payment for the placement
and compaction of usable excavation shall not be paid under this Section.
Payment shall be made under the following units:
ITEM
UNIT
Classified Fill and Backfill (Type)
Ton
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 32 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 20.22 LEVELING COURSE
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 22.1 General
The Work under this Section consists of performing all operations necessary to complete construction of
the leveling course on the prepared subbase.
Article 22.2 Material
The leveling course shall consist of crushed gravel, rock, sand, or other approved material. The aggregate
shall be free from lumps, balls of clay, or other objectionable matter, and shall be durable and sound.
The portion of the material retained on a No. 4 sieve shall be known as coarse aggregate. Both coarse
and fine aggregates shall conform to the quality requirements of AASHTO M-147.
Upon written approval by the Engineer, recycled asphalt concrete pavement (RAP) may be substituted for
leveling course, on an inch for inch basis. All RAP shall conform to Division 40, Section 40.08 – Recycled
Asphalt Pavement. RAP which has been derived from environmentally contaminated aggregates shall not
be accepted.
A.
Coarse Aggregate
The coarse aggregate material conforming to the requirements specified above shall have a
percentage of wear not to exceed thirty-five (35) after five hundred (500) revolutions, as
determined by the current requirements of ASTM C-131. It shall consist of angular fragments
reasonably uniform in density and quality, and reasonably free from thin and elongated pieces,
dirt, and other objectionable material. At least fifty percent (50%) of the coarse aggregate
particles shall have two or more mechanically fractured faces.
B.
Fine Aggregate
The fine aggregate shall consist of material free of organic or other objectionable matter. The
fine aggregate, either naturally combined with the coarse aggregate or separately obtained and
mixed therewith, shall be of such character that the composite material will conform to the
gradation and other requirements specified.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 33 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
C.
Gradation
The composite mixture of coarse aggregate and fine aggregate, processed as hereinafter
specified, shall conform to the following gradation limits as required by the Drawings:
Leveling Course
U.S. Std. Sieve
1"
3/4"
3/8"
#4
#8
#50
#200
Cumulative % Passing
by Weight
100
70-100
50-80
35-65
20-50
8-28
*2-6
*In addition to the grading limits stipulated above, fractions passing the #200 sieve shall not be greater
than seventy-five percent (75%) of the fractions passing the #50 sieve.
Article 22.3 Construction
The leveling course shall be placed to the lines, grades, and thicknesses shown on the Drawings and shall
consist of the materials hereinbefore specified. The leveling course shall provide a smooth stabilized
surface on which to place the pavement.
A.
Preparation of Subbase
Subbase preparation shall consist of dressing, shaping, wetting, and compacting of the subbase
to a minimum density of ninety-five percent (95%) in accordance with Section 20.01, Article 1.5 Compaction Standards. Surfaces shall be cleaned of all foreign substances and debris. Any ruts or
soft yielding spots that may appear in the subbase surface shall be corrected by loosening,
removing and adding approved material, reshaping, and recompacting the affected areas to the
line, grade, and to the specified density requirements.
B.
Surveying
Subbase
subbase
Subbase
fifty feet
or in the
and leveling course control stakes shall be wooden bluetops set to finish subbase. The
bluetops will be the reference used by the Contractor to set top of leveling course.
bluetops shall be set at breaks in grade and on even grade at intervals not to exceed
(50’), with additional stakes at vertical curves. Side control will be from the lip or gutter,
case of strip paving, additional bluetops shall be provided.
C.
Placing
D.
The approved leveling course material shall be deposited and spread in a uniform layer to the
required contour and grades and to such loose depth that when compacted to the density
required will achieve the specified thickness. The material shall be spread uniformly on the
prepared subbase from moving vehicles or spreading boxes, then leveled to the required contour
and graded with blade graders. Portions of the layer which become segregated in spreading shall
be remixed to the required gradation.
Compacting
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 34 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
The leveling course shall be compacted to a minimum of ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum
density. In all places not accessible to the rolling equipment, the mixture shall be compacted with
tamping equipment. Blading, rolling and tamping shall continue until the surface is smooth and
free from waves and inequalities. If at any time the mixture is excessively moistened by rain, it
shall be aerated by means of blade graders, harrows or other approved equipment until the
moisture content is such that the surface can be recompacted and finished as above. The
finished leveling course shall be maintained by the Contractor in the above condition until the
pavement is applied.
E.
Smoothness Test
The surface of the leveling course, when finished, shall not show any deviation in excess of
three-eighths inch (3/8”) when tested with a ten foot (10’) straightedge applied parallel with, and
at right angles to, the centerline of the area to be paved. Any deviation in excess of this amount
shall be corrected by loosening, adding, or removing material and reshaping and compacting to
satisfy the above requirement. Contractor shall obtain written approval from the Engineer for the
final leveling course grade prior to pavement placement.
Article 22.4 Measurement
The leveling course shall be measured in tons of materials delivered and placed in accordance with these
Specifications. The measurement may include moisture up to a maximum of four percent (4.0%) of dry
weight of the material. When tests by the Engineer indicate that moisture contents in excess of four
percent (4.0%) may be occurring consistently, the frequency of testing will be increased as necessary
and the results averaged over a period of one week. When this average is greater than four percent
(4.0%), the tonnage as measured over the above period, shall be reduced by the difference. No credit
will be due the Contractor when moisture content is less than four percent (4.0%). Testing shall be done
in accordance with Section 20.01, Article 1.3 – Applicable Standards.
Article 22.5 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and
Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section.
Payment shall be made under the following unit:
ITEM
UNIT
Leveling Course
Ton
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 35 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 20.26 INSULATION
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 26.1 General
The Work under this Section consists of performing all operations including labor and material pertaining
to the placement of insulation. Contractor shall provide polystyrene insulation board(s), extruded or
expanded, in conformance with the Drawings and these Specifications. The Work under this Section also
includes shaping and compacting a level area under the horizontal insulation boards and placing the
insulation as indicated on the Drawings.
Article 26.2 Materials
The insulation board shall have a minimum full board size of two foot by eight foot (2' x 8'), have the
specified R-Value or better, and shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M230. R-Value of
insulation shall be based on manufacturer’s warranted R-Value. The insulation board shall be rigid,
homogeneous, and conform to the following:
Property
Compressive Strength psi,
minimum at yield or 5 percent strain
Test Method
ASTM D-1621
Value
60.0
Water Absorption,
maximum percent by volume
ASTM C-272
0.3%
Thermal Resistance, minimum R-Value at 75ºF,
ºF-Ft2-Hr/BTU
ASTM C-177
As Specified
Article 26.3 Construction
Contractor shall install the insulation board with staggered joints. Layering of insulation to obtain the
specified R-Value is allowed as long as joints are overlapped at least one foot (1’). Contractor shall blade,
shape, and compact the area prior to placing the insulation board in accordance with this Division.
Contractor shall shape the subgrade to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings and provide a
smooth surface on which to place the insulation board. Prior to placing the insulation board on the
prepared subgrade, the Contractor shall furnish straightedges to the Inspector for checking surface
uniformity. Surface irregularities shall not exceed one inch (1”) within eight feet (8’), or three-eighths
inch (3/8”) in two feet (2’). Contractor shall uniformly compact the subgrade. Contractor shall hand-rake
smooth and recompact the ridges left by the compaction equipment. Contractor shall accurately set the
horizontal insulation boards to the line and grade established and in such a manner as to hold the board
firmly in place by mechanically connecting it to the subgrade.
Contractor shall replace or repair insulation panels broken, crushed, or cracked, as determined by the
Engineer, at no additional cost to the Owner.
Contractor shall cover the insulation board with approved three inch (3”-) minus Classified Fill and Backfill
material, placed in a twelve inch (12”) lift, spread, and compacted for the full width of the insulation layer
prior to placing subsequent lifts. Contractor shall place, spread, and compact in such a manner as not to
damage the insulation board. Engineer will approve spreading and compacting equipment prior to its use.
Article 26.4 Measurement
The insulation board is measured per square foot regardless of thickness, complete and accepted in
place. Additional Work required for preparing the subgrade to the smoothness required is incidental to
the bid item(s) in this Section and no separate payment is made.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 36 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Article 26.5 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and
Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section.
Payment will be made under the following unit:
ITEM
Insulation Board (R-Value)
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
UNIT
Square Foot
Page 37 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 20.27 DISPOSAL OF UNUSABLE OR SURPLUS MATERIAL
Article 27.4 Measurement
Delete the Article and add the following in it’s place:
No measurement will be made for Disposal of Unusable or Surplus Material.
Article 27.5 Basis of Payment
Delete the Article and add the following in it’s place:
No separate payment will be made for Disposal of Unusable or Surplus Material. Payment for this work
shall be incidental to the project.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 38 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 20.28 RECONSTRUCT DRIVEWAYS
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 28.1 Description
The Work under this Section consists of performing all operations and furnishing all materials pertaining
to removing, disposing of, re-grading and replacing existing driveway approaches, including removal and
disposal of existing pavement, excavation, surfacing, classified fill and backfill, leveling course, and
working adjacent to existing landscaping amenities, as indicated on the Drawings.
Driveway reconstruction consists of installing a section of driveway that provides a smooth transition from
the existing driveway to the street improvements. The transition length is measured from the back of
curb or back of sidewalk and shall be as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
Contractor shall not disturb existing driveways that have imbedded heating systems.
Article 28.2 Materials
All materials used in the reconstruction of driveways shall conform to the requirements for asphalt
concrete pavement conforming with Division 40 – Asphalt Surfacing for asphalt paved driveways.
Subbase material shall conform to the requirements of this Division.
Article 28.3 Construction
All construction practices, tests and other controls shall conform to Division 20 –Earthwork and Division
40 – Asphalt Surfacing.
The Contractor shall neatly and cleanly saw cut and remove existing driveway surfacing. Contractor shall
saw cut a minimum of two inches (2”) deep for asphalt surfaces and three inches (3”) deep for concrete
surfaces. If any portion of the remaining asphalt or concrete surfacing is under-cut or damaged during
construction operations, Contractor shall saw cut, remove, and replace the affected area at no additional
cost to the Owner.
The Contractor shall reconstruct existing driveways with asphalt or concrete surfacing to match existing
driveway surface. Contractor shall place two inches (2”) of asphalt surfacing over two inches (2”) of
leveling course.
Contractor shall perform asphalt paving by utilizing a mechanical spreader and compact by a mechanical
roller weighing not less than ten (10) tons, except that where the area of the asphalt replacement patch
is less than three hundred (300) square feet, a mechanical spreader need not be employed.
Contractor shall tamp small inaccessible areas to produce a compression and surface texture equivalent
to that produced by the specified rolling. Hand tampers shall have a maximum tamping face of fifty (50)
square inches and minimum weight of twenty-five (25) pounds.
Contractor shall maintain access and parking accommodations for each resident during driveway work.
Contractor shall notify and coordinate with the affected resident(s) prior to necessary driveway closures.
Article 28.4 Measurement
Driveway reconstruction is measured either per square yard of replaced driveway surface or per each,
complete and in place for the specified type of surface. No separate measurement is to be made for
asphalt, classified backfill, excavation, geotextile fabric, of leveling course as these items are incidental to
the Work item. No measurement is made for temporary relocation of driveways or required driveway
maintenance during construction as these items are incidental to the Work item.
Article 28.5 Basis of Payment
Payment for this item shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and
Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section.
Payment shall be made under the following unit:
ITEM
Reconstruct Driveway, Asphalt (Class)
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
UNIT
Square Yard
Page 39 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 30.02 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE, CURB AND GUTTER AND VALLEY GUTTER
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 2.1 Description
The Work covered under this Section consists of the construction of curbs, gutters,
miscellaneous median shapes and parking stops.
Article 2.2 Materials
Portland Cement Concrete, joint filler, reinforcing steel and curing materials shall conform to Section
30.01, Article 1.3 - Materials. Concrete mix for curbs shall conform to the requirements for Class A-3
unless otherwise specified.
A. Reinforcing Steel and Steel Dowels
Refer to Section 30.01, Article 1.3, SubArticle A. - Reinforcing Steel and SubArticle - Welded Steel
Wire Fabric.
B. Preformed Expansion and Dummy Joint Filler Refer to Section 30.01, Article 1.3, SubArticle H.
- Expansion Joints.
C. Curing Compounds
Refer to Section 30.01, Article 1.3, SubArticle G. – Curing Materials.
D. Forms
Forms may be of wood or metal or any other material at the option of the Contractor, provided
that the forms as set will result in a curb, or curb and gutter of the specified thickness, cross
section, grade and alignment shown on the Drawings.
Forms may be removed on the day following pour if the concrete is sufficiently set that removal
can be accomplished without danger of chipping or spalling. Form materials shall be free from
warp, with smooth and straight upper edges, and if used for the face of a curb, shall be surfaced
on the side against which the concrete is to be placed. Wooden forms for straight work shall
have a net thickness of at least one and one-half inches (1.5”). Metal forms for such a work shall
be of a gage that will provide equivalent rigidity and strength. Curb face forms used on
monolithic curb and gutter construction shall be a single plank width when the curb face is ten
inches (10”) or less, except for those used in curb returns. All forms used in curb returns shall
not be less than three-quarters inches (3/4”) in thickness, cut in the length and radius as shown
on the Drawings, and held rigidly in place to line and grade by the use of metal stakes and
clamps. The curb face form shall be cut to conform exactly with the curb face batter as well as
being cut to the required length and radius. Forms shall be of sufficient rigidity and strength, and
shall be supported to adequately resist springing or deflection from placing and tamping of
concrete.
Form material shall be clean and free from defect at the time of use.
All forms including back planks of curb shall be set with upper edges flush with specified
alignment and grade of the finished surface of the improvements to be constructed, and all forms
shall be not less than a depth equivalent to full specified thickness of the concrete to be placed.
Forms shall be held securely in place by means of metal stakes driven in pairs at intervals not to
exceed three feet (3’), one at the front form and one at the back form. Clamps, spreaders, and
braces shall be used to the extent as may be necessary to insure proper form rigidity. Forms for
walk and similar work shall be firmly secured by means of stakes driven at intervals not to exceed
four feet (4’). Form stakes shall be of sufficient size and be driven so as to adequately resist
lateral displacement.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 40 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Commercial form clamps for curb and gutter may be used provided they fulfill the requirements
specified herein.
Pump trucks may be used upon approval of the Engineer. Prior to approval, the Contractor must
demonstrate to the satisfaction of the engineer that the pumping equipment will not segregate,
or in any other way degrade, the concrete. Additional test samples for such alternate placement
methods may be taken from the discharge side of the machine for compressive strength
determination assurance tests.
Article 2.3 Construction
A. Erecting Forms
All forms shall be set to the lines, grade, and dimensions shown on the Drawings. The forms shall
be thoroughly braced and secured to resist deformation or displacement under load, and shall be
installed to permit easy removal without hammering or prying against the fresh concrete. The top
of the forms shall not deviate more than one-eighth inch (1/8”) in ten feet (10’), and the
alignment of forms shall be within one-fourth inch (1/4”) in ten feet (10’).
Before placement of concrete, steel forms shall be lightly oiled with a good grade of form oil.
Excess oil shall be removed by wiping with clean rags, dampened in diesel or fuel oil. Wooden
forms may be oiled in the same manner as metal forms, or they may be watered immediately in
advance of the placement of concrete. Watering of the form shall be done with clean water of
the same quality as that specified for mixing water, and only when the atmospheric temperature
is not less than forty degrees (40deg) Fahrenheit. Concrete shall not be placed until all forms
have been inspected and approved by the Engineer. Wherever form work is exposed to
pedestrian traffic, bridges (not attached to the forms) shall be provided at all regular pedestrian
crossings where it is required to maintain safety standards. Barricades and other safety features
shall be installed as necessary.
B. Placing Concrete
Prior to the delivery of the first load of concrete for curbs, the Contractor shall furnish rigid
straightedges, ten feet (10’) or sixteen feet (16’) in length, to the Engineer for checking surface
uniformity. String shall not be used as a straightedge. Surface irregularities, as measured along
the top face of curb and the curb pan, shall not exceed three-sixteenth inch (3/16”) within ten
feet (10’), or five-sixteenth inch (5/16”) within sixteen feet (16’). Non-conforming surfaces shall
be subject to rejection by the Engineer. All surfaces rejected by the Engineer shall be corrected
by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense.
The subgrade shall be properly compacted and brought to specified grade in accordance with the
Drawings before placing concrete. The subgrade shall be thoroughly dampened immediately prior
to the placement of the concrete. Forms shall not be splashed with concrete in advance of
placing.
Concrete shall be discharged from transport vehicle to the point of final placement in a
continuous manner as rapidly as practicable. The rate of placement shall not exceed the rate at
which the various placing and finishing operations can be performed in accordance with these
Specifications. Concrete shall not be allowed to free fall more than three feet (3’).
If concrete is to be placed by the extruded method, the Contractor shall demonstrate to the
satisfaction of the Engineer that the machine is capable of placing a dense, uniformly compacted
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 41 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
concrete to exact section, line and grade. Extruded curb which does not meet all requirements of
the Contract Documents, shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.
C. Stripping Forms and Finishing
The face form of the curb shall be stripped at such time in the early curing as will enable
inspection and correction of all irregularities that appear thereon.
Forms shall not be removed until the concrete has set sufficiently to retain its true shape. The
face of the curb shall be troweled with a tool cut to the exact section of the curb and at the same
time maintain the shape, grade, and alignment of the curb. Both front and back edges shall be
troweled to a radius of one-half inch (1/2”). Final finish shall be obtained by brooming the
surface, including the troweled edge to a gritty finish after all free moisture has disappeared from
the surface. Sprinkling of cement or sand for blotting will not be permitted.
It is the intent of this Specification to insure the highest quality of workmanship in the
construction and finishing of P.C.C. curb and gutter.
Unsightly or poorly finished surfaces will be considered grounds for rejection of the Work. The
top and/or face and gutter of the finished concrete surfaces shall be true and straight, of uniform
width and free of cracks, humps, sags, or other irregularities. The finished concrete surface shall
not vary more than two-hundredths of a foot (0.02’) from a ten foot (10’) straight edge, except
at grade changes or curves. No freestanding water is permitted on slopes at or greater than one
percent (1%). No freestanding water deeper than one-sixteenth inch (1/16”) is permitted on
slopes of less than one percent (1%). The Contractor shall flow test all new concrete curb and
gutter. Curb and gutter failing to meet this requirement will be rejected.
All defective areas shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense, unless permission
to patch is granted by the Engineer. Such permission shall not be construed as an acceptance of
the Work or as a waiver of the Engineer's right to require the complete removal of the Work, if in
his opinion the patch does not satisfactorily restore the quality or appearance of the surface.
Should patching be permitted, the area shall be chipped clean to a depth of one inch (1”)
perpendicular to the surface and saturated with clean water prior to being patched. The patch
shall be made with a mortar extracted from fresh concrete by passing it through a three-eighths
inch (3/8”) screen. The mortar shall be thoroughly compacted and screeded off slightly higher
than the surrounding surface to allow for contracting or setting after the maximum shrinkage has
taken place. After one (1) to two (2) hours, the patch shall be troweled to the same finish as the
surrounding area and shall be cured as specified herein. The use of special patching material will
be permitted if approved by the Engineer.
D. Curing
Curing compounds shall be applied to all exposed surfaces immediately after finishing.
Transparent curing compounds shall contain a color dye of sufficient strength to render the film
distinctly visible on the concrete for a minimum period of four (4) hours after application.
If, at any time during the curing period any of the forms are removed, a coat of curing
compound shall be applied immediately to the exposed surface. The curing compound shall be
applied in sufficient quantity to obscure the natural color of the concrete. Additional coats shall
be applied if the Engineer determines that the coverage is not adequate. The concrete shall be
cured for the minimum period of time set forth below.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 42 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Curb and gutter constructed of Type I/II Portland Cement Concrete must have been placed and
finished a minimum of seven (7) days prior to material being distributed against, or vibrated
(compaction) adjacent to the structure.
Curb and gutter constructed of Type III Portland Cement Concrete must have been placed and
finished a minimum of three (3) days prior to any material being distributed against, or vibrated
(compaction) adjacent to the structure.
When forms are removed before the expiration of the curing period, the edges of the concrete
shall be protected with moist earth, or sprayed with curing compound.
Other standard methods of curing the curb and gutter may be used upon approval of the
Engineer. Concrete shall not be placed unless curing compounds and necessary equipment for
applying such is on the Project site.
E. Expansion and Contraction Joints
1. Expansion Joints
Expansion joints shall be placed along all structures, as shown in the Drawings and/or
Standard Details, and around all features that project into, through, or against the
concrete. An expansion joint shall be constructed at the intersection of sidewalks;
between sidewalk crossings and sidewalks; between curbs and sidewalks (except parallel
curb); and at the beginning and end of curb returns. Additionally expansion joints shall
be constructed every fifty feet (50’) where the sidewalk span exceeds seventy-five feet
(75’) and expansion joints are not required for the above listed reasons. Expansion joint
material shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D-1751 (AASHTO M-213). Expansion
joints shall not exceed one half inch plus or minus one-eighth inch (1/2”±1/8”) in width.
Expansion joint material shall extend the full width of the structure and shall be cut to
such dimensions that the base of the expansion joint shall extend to the subgrade and
the top shall be depressed not less than one-quarter inch (1/4”) nor more than one-half
inch (1/2”) below the finished surface of the concrete. The material shall be of one (1)
piece in the vertical dimension and shall be securely fastened in a vertical position to the
existing concrete face against which fresh concrete is to be placed. After the concrete
has set, the expansion joints shall be filled flush to the finish concrete surface with an
approved polyurethane sealant applied according to the manufacturer’s recommendation.
Before sealing, the joint shall be cleaned of all dirt, gravel, concrete mortar, and other
extraneous material. Sealing shall be done in a neat workmanlike manner.
2. Contraction Joints
Transverse contraction joints, cut to a depth of one inch (1”) prior to the final set of the
concrete, shall be tooled in the sidewalks at intervals of five feet (5’), and at ten feet
(10’) intervals in the curb and gutter. Where the sidewalk adjoins the curb (parallel to it),
contraction joints in the sidewalk and curb shall be made to match where practicable.
Article 2.4 Measurement
Curb or integral curb and gutter shall be measured per linear foot along the face of the curb. Mountable
(rolled) curb and gutter shall be measured per linear foot along the gutter line. Portland Cement Concrete
(P.C.C.) Valley Gutter shall be measured as shown on the Standard Detail.
Curb containing steel curb facing shall be measured per linear foot along the face of the curb and the
designation “Steel Curb Facing” shall be included in the “Type” description of the pay item.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 43 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Medians with curb noses shall be measured as follows: P.C.C. curb and gutter per linear foot, curb noses
including yellow paint, as units complete in place. Parking stops shall be measured as units complete in
place.
Article 2.5 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and
Payment and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section.
Payment shall be made under the following units unless otherwise specified:
ITEM
P.C.C. Curb and Gutter (Type)
P.C.C. Valley Gutter
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
UNIT
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Page 44 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 30.03 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 3.1 Description
The Work covered under this Section consists of all Work necessary for the provision of Portland Cement
Concrete sidewalks.
Article 3.2 Materials
The Portland Cement Concrete, joint filler, reinforcing steel, and curing materials shall conform to Section
30.01, Article 1.3 - Materials. Concrete mix for sidewalks shall conform to the requirements for Class A-3.
Article 3.3 Construction
A. Excavation and Embankment
Excavation and embankment for sidewalks shall be as described in Division 20 - Earthwork. Where
directed by the Engineer, unsuitable material in the subgrade shall be removed to a specific depth and
then backfilled with classified fill. Payment will not be allowed for excavation below grade or for backfill
materials required when such excavation is caused by negligence of the Contractor.
Embankment shall be compacted to ninety-five percent (95%) maximum density in accordance with
Division 20, Section 20.01, Article 1.5 - Compaction Standards. In areas that are inaccessible to normal
compaction equipment, approved tampers shall be used.
Before the forms are set, the subgrade shall be graded to within one inch (1”) of established grade and
the area between the sidewalk and the adjacent private property line shall be shaped to line, grade, and
section shown on the Drawings.
B. Forms and Fine Grading
Forms shall conform to requirements outlined in Section 30.02 - Portland Cement Concrete, Curb and
Gutter, and Valley Gutter. Wood forms against unexposed concrete surfaces shall be No. 2 Common
Lumber or better. Those against surfaces to be exposed shall be dressed and matched boards of uniform
thickness, and widths not exceeding ten inches (10”). Rigid, nonporous and waterproof sheet material
may be used provided the end result will be a smooth unmarked concrete surface without waves, fins or
other noticeable markings.
Plywood conforming to the requirements for form work, as set forth by the American Plywood
Association, may be used against both exposed and unexposed concrete surfaces. This plywood shall be
not less than five (5) ply and at least nine-sixteenths inch (9/16”) thick. Low areas in the subgrade shall
be backfilled with classified fill or with suitable native material as directed by the Engineer. The backfill
shall then be compacted to ninety-five percent (95%) maximum density and any dry areas in the
subgrade shall be thoroughly dampened prior to the time the concrete is placed. No payment will be
made for water, and the work of placing and cost thereof shall be considered as incidental to the
construction of the concrete sidewalk.
C. Placing and Finishing Portland Cement Concrete Sidewalk
The concrete shall be spread uniformly between the forms and thoroughly compacted with a steel shod
strikeboard. After the concrete has been thoroughly compacted and leveled, it shall be floated with wood
floats and finished at the proper time with a steel float. Joints shall be edged with a one-quarter inch
(1/4”) radius edger and the sidewalk edges shall be tooled with a one-half inch (1/2”) radius edger. After
final troweling, sidewalk on grades of less than six percent (6%) shall be given a fine hair broom finish
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 45 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
applied transversely to the centerline. On grades exceeding six percent (6%), walk shall be finished by
hand with a wood float. Walk shall be re-marked as necessary after final finish to assure neat uniform
edges, joints, and score lines. Unsightly, poorly finished, and sidewalk failing to meet the requirements of
the Drawings, Specifications, and this Section will be rejected.
The sidewalk shall be divided into panels by scoring one inch (1”) deep every five feet (5’). Refer to
Section 30.02, Article 2.3, SubArticle E - Expansion and Contraction Joints for requirements for
contraction and expansion joints. The expansion joints shall be placed at all structures such as catch
basins and manholes, at driveways, and at all points of tangency and points of curvature.
Additional requirements for placing and finishing concrete in cold weather shall be as outlined in Section
30.01, Article 1.9 - Weather Limitations.
For all other exposed aggregate concrete sidewalks, Contractor shall float and trowel all surfaces to
receive the exposed aggregate finish. Seeding the surface with aggregate shall not be allowed. After the
concrete has taken its initial set, the surface aggregate shall be exposed using a water fog spray and
brooms to remove the surface matrix. The coarse surface aggregate shall be exposed very lightly,
approximately one-sixteenth inch (1/16”). After the concrete has taken its final set, a weak acid wash
shall be applied to clean and wash the exposed aggregate surfaces. The weak acid wash shall be
thoroughly neutralized and flushed from the finished surface. Under no circumstances shall Contractor
allow the acid wash to enter the storm drain lines.
Contractor shall protect adjacent construction, plantings, finishings, structures, and the public from
damage and harm due to the acid wash. The finished appearance of the exposed aggregate concrete
sidewalk shall produce an appearance and texture that matches the adjacent exposed aggregate
sidewalk. Any significant difference in texture or appearance between two adjacent concrete panels, as
determined by the Engineer, shall result in removal and replacement of concrete panels by Contractor at
no additional cost.
Contractor shall provide a two foot by two foot (2’ x 2’) exposed aggregate concrete test panel prior to
constructing the exposed aggregate concrete sidewalk. Location of the test panel will be on-site as
approved by the Engineer. Notification of providing this test panel shall be made to the Engineer no less
than 24 hours prior to making the test panels to allow the Engineer and materials analysis personnel to
be present. The Engineer may require the Contractor to provide additional panel(s) if the test panel does
not produce an appearance that matches the adjacent exposed aggregate sidewalk.
Providing the test panel and any other required test panel shall be considered incidental to the bid item
“P.C.C. Sidewalk 4” Thick (Exposed Aggregate)” and no separate payment shall be made.
D. Curing and Protection
The materials and procedures outlined in Section 30.02, Article 2.3 - Construction, shall prevail. The
curing agent shall be applied immediately after finishing and be maintained for a period of seven (7)
days. The curing agent(s) and/or concrete mixtures shall in no way deter or prevent final finishing of
concrete. The use of surface retarders may be permitted if application methods are accepted by the
Engineer, in writing, no less than twenty-four (24) hours prior to concrete placement.
The Contractor shall have readily available sufficient protective covering, such as waterproof paper or
plastic membrane, to cover the pour of an entire day in event of rain or other unsuitable weather.
The sidewalk shall be protected against damage or defacement of any kind until it has been accepted by
the Owner. Sidewalk which is not acceptable to the Engineer because of damage or defacement shall be
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 46 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. Additional requirements for curing in cold
weather shall be as outlined in Section 30.01, Article 1.9 - Weather Limitations.
Article 3.4 Measurement
Sidewalk: Sidewalks shall be measured per square yard, complete in place, for both four (4”) and six inch
(6”) thicknesses.
Sidewalk Retaining Walls: Sidewalks of specified thickness constructed in conjunction with sidewalk
retaining walls constructed in accordance with Section 30.05 – Structures and Retaining Walls, shall be
measured per square yard from the face of retaining wall, accepted in place.
Article 3.5 Basis of Payment
Payment for this item shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and Payment
and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section.
Payment shall be made under the following units:
ITEM
P.C.C. Sidewalk (Thick) (Type Finish)
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
UNIT
Square Yard
Page 47 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 30.04 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE CURB RAMPS
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 4.1 General
The Work under this Section consists of performing all operations pertaining to furnishing and
constructing Portland Cement Concrete curb ramps with a detectable warning surfacing in conformance
with the Drawings. The ramps shall comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act Title II as identified in
28 CFR Part 35 – Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability in State and Local Government Services.
Article 4.2 Materials
A. General
The Portland Cement Concrete (P.C.C.) materials and installation shall conform to the requirements of
Section 30.03 - Portland Cement Concrete Sidewalk and the Drawings. The P.C.C. shall have a slump
range of four to seven inches (4” to 7”) to permit solid placement of the tactile warning panel. An overly
wet mix will cause the tactile warning panel(s) to float. Contractor shall not add color to the concrete
unless specified in the Drawings.
The Contractor shall not apply a troweled pattern to the curb ramps. Contractor shall provide a coarse
broom finish for the ramps perpendicular to direction of pedestrian traffic.
B. Detectable Warning Panel
Each detectable warning panel shall have a truncated domed surface twenty-four inches (24”) in depth
for the width of the ramp. The truncated domes shall have a height of two-tenths inch (0.2”), a diameter
of nine-tenths inch (0.9”), a center-to center spacing of one and six-tenth inches (1.6”) minimum and two
and four-tenth inches (2.4”) maximum, and a base-to-base spacing of sixty-five one-hundredth inch
(0.65”), measured between the most adjacent domes. Contractor shall provide panels federal yellow in
color, or approved equal. The specified color shall be homogeneous throughout the panel.
Contractor shall provide Armor Tile Cast-In-Place In-Line Dome Tactile Panel
detectable warning panel(s), manufactured by:
Engineered Plastics, Inc.
300 International Drive, Suite 100
Williamsville, NY 14221
Phone: 1-800-682-2525
Local Contact:
Polar Supply Company, Inc.
300 E. 54th Avenue
Anchorage, Alaska 99518-1230
Phone: 907-563-5000
Fax: 907-562-7001
or an approved equal.
Article 4.3 Construction
The Contractor shall construct each curb ramp and install the detectable warning panel(s) in conformance
with the Contract Documents and the manufacturer’s recommendations. No later than five (5) days prior
to construction of the curb ramps, Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review and approval, a
layout drawing for each curb ramp to resolve issues related to pattern repeat, tile cuts, expansion joints,
control joints, ramp curves, ramp end returns and surface interfaces, and truncated dome spacing.
Contractor shall install and finish the P.C.C. in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to
installation of the detectable warning panel(s). Contractor shall tamp the plate(s) or panel(s) with a small
sledge hammer with a two inch by six inch by twenty inch (2” x 6” x 20”) wood tamping plate, or lightly
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 48 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
vibrate into the fresh concrete to ensure that the panel’s field level (base of truncated dome) is flush with
the adjacent concrete and top back of curb. Contractor shall ensure that the panel’s field level is flush
with the adjacent concrete surface, proper water drainage is provided, and potential tripping hazards are
eliminated.
Contractor shall ensure that the back edge of the detectable warning panel(s) form a
smooth arc and is parallel to the top back of the curb.
Immediately after the panel placement, Contractor shall check and adjust accordingly the panel’s or
plate(s) field level to be flush with the adjacent concrete surface. Following final field-level adjustment(s),
place suitable twenty-five (25) pound weights, conforming to the manufacturer’s recommendations, on
each panel and additional weights at panel-to-panel joints as necessary to provide a solid contact
between the panel underside and the concrete.
During and after the panel installation and concrete curing time, Contractor shall ensure that there is no
walking, leaning, or any external forces placed on the panel, thereby causing a void between the
underside of the panel and the concrete. After the concrete has cured, Contractor shall remove protective
plastic wraps. If “concrete bleeding” occurs between the panels, Contractor shall remove the residue
without damage to the panel surfaces, in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendation.
Contractor shall maintain, on-site, an electronic level, a five foot (5’) diameter circle template, and a three
foot by five foot (3’x5’) rectangular template. Template may be of any material, including paper.
Contractor shall, when requested, demonstrate to the Engineer that there are adequate landing and
turning areas that meet the dimensions and slopes required on the Drawings.
Backfill and grade areas disturbed by curb ramp construction and restore ground surface as shown on
Drawings.
Article 4.4 Tolerances
In accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act Public Rights-of-Way Accessibility Guidelines
(PROWAG), dimension not stated as “maximum” or “minimum” are absolute. All dimensions are subject
to conventional industry tolerances, except where the requirement is stated as a range with specific
minimum and maximum end points. Conventional industry tolerances recognized by the ADAAG include
those for field conditions that may be a necessary consequence of a particular manufacturing process.
Information on specific tolerances may be available from industry or trade organizations, code groups,
building officials, and published references. (Example: American Concrete Institute Standard
Specifications for tolerances for concrete construction and materials (ACI-117)).
Article 4.5 Measurement
The Work paid for under “P.C.C. Curb Ramp” shall be measured as furnished, constructed, finished, and
accepted in place for each installation or the actual horizontal square yardage of curb ramp (including
curb ramp under detectable warnings) and back curb.
The Work paid for under “Detectable Warnings” is measured by the actual horizontal square footage of
detectable warning tiles furnished, installed, and accepted in place.
When P.C.C. Curb Ramp is paid per each, the Detectable Warnings are incidental to each installation and
no separate payment shall be made.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 49 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Article 4.6 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and
Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section.
Payment for restoration of existing ground surface disturbed by curb ramp construction is made under
“A.C. Pavement,” “P.C.C. Sidewalk,” “Topsoil,” and “Seeding,” as applicable. No separate payment is
made for backfilling and grading in preparation of paid surface treatment. No separate payment is made
for backfilling and grading in locations where the existing surface is gravel.
Payment shall be made under the following unit:
ITEM
P.C.C. Curb Ramp (Type)
P.C.C. Curb Ramp (Type)
Detectable Warnings
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
UNIT
Each
Square Yard
Square Foot
Page 50 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 40.06 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 6.1 Description
The Work under this Section consists of the performance of all Work required for the construction of
asphalt concrete pavement on a prepared base.
Article 6.2 Material and Testing
A.
Asphalt:
The Contractor shall submit a certified analysis of the asphalt from the refinery laboratory to the
Engineer for review and approval. A copy of the certified analysis shall accompany each shipment
of asphalt to the asphalt mixing plant. The Engineer may make check acceptance tests of the
asphalt binder, and, if the asphalt binder is not in accordance with the certified analysis, it shall
be rejected.
1)
For Class A asphalt concrete, the asphalt cement or binder required by this specification shall
conform to the following AASHTO designations.
Meets AASHTO M-320 and the following:
Performance Grade of Asphalt binder
Softening Point, minimum (AASHTO T-53)
Toughness, minimum (ASTM D-5801)
Tenacity, minimum (ASTM D-5801)
2)
PG 52-28
125° F
110 in-lbs
75 in-lbs
For other classes of asphalt concrete, the asphalt cement or binder required by these
Specifications shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M- 320 and Certified Performance
Grade Asphalt Binder PG 52-28.
B. Aggregates
1)
Class A asphalt concrete
Coarse aggregate for Class D and E asphalt concrete is all mineral retained on the No. 4 sieve.
The aggregate retained on a No. 4 sieve shall contain at least eighty percent (80%) by weight
of crushed pieces having two or more mechanically fractured surfaces.
All coarse aggregate shall be free from coatings of clay, silt, or other objectionable matter and
shall not contain clay balls or other aggregation of fine material. Coarse aggregate shall be
tested for soundness in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C-88, or will have proven
sound through adequate record of service.
When aggregate grading is such that the material will tend to segregate in stockpile or
handling, it shall be supplied in 2 or more sizes. Each size of aggregate required to produce
the combined graduation specified shall be placed in individual stockpile at the plant site and
separated by bulkheads or other means. When it is necessary to blend 2 or more aggregate
sizes, the blending shall be done through separate bins at the cold elevator feeders, and not
in the stockpile.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 51 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Fine aggregate is composed of all mineral matter passing the No. 4 sieve. It shall consist of
natural and/or manufactured material derived by crushing gravel.
The aggregate particles shall be clean, tough, durable, moderately sharp, and free from
coating of clay, silt, or other objectionable matter and shall not contain clay balls or other
aggregations of fine material. Fine aggregate shall be tested for soundness in accordance with
the requirements of ASTM C-88, or shall have a satisfactory soundness record. When tested
for soundness, the number of cycles shall be five (5), the solution shall be sodium sulphate;
the maximum loss shall be nine percent (9%) by weight. Fine aggregates shall be maintained
in individual stockpiles, suitably separated to prevent intermingling.
C.
Mineral Filler
Mineral Filler shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D-242.
Article 6.3 Composition of Mixes
A.
General Requirements
Paving mixtures prepared under these Specifications shall be composed of aggregate and paving
asphalt within the limits set forth in the following table:
Asphalt paving mixtures prepared under these Specifications shall be composed of aggregate and
asphalt cement within the limits set forth in the following table:
Percentages by Weight Passing Sieves
Wearing Course
Sieve Size
1”
3/4"
1/2"
3/8”
#4
#8
#16
#30
#50
#100
#200
Asphalt Cement *
*By weight of total mix
Class A
----100
68 – 82
52 – 64
36 – 46
26 – 36
16 – 28
10 – 20
6 – 16
4 – 12
3–8
5.0 – 7.0
Class D
--------100
75 – 92
50 – 68
32 – 50
20 – 38
14 – 30
10 – 24
7 – 16
3–9
5.0 – 7.0
Class E
----100
78 – 96
66 – 86
46 – 66
34 –52
24 – 42
16 – 32
10 – 24
7 – 16
3–9
5.0 – 7.0
Target values for the gradation of the Job Mix Design shall be within the Broad
Band Limits depicted in the table above.
B.
Additive Materials
A "non-stripping" additive shall be added to the asphalt in the amount determined by ATM T-14
or one-fourth percent (0.25%) by weight of the asphalt, if approved by the Engineer. Such
additive material shall be of quality and grade acceptable to the Engineer.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 52 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
C.
Job Mix
The Contractor, at his expense, shall submit to the Engineer for approval, a job mix formula
within the limits specified above, for each class of mix designated by the Contract. Within each
mix design the Contractor shall provide correction factor ignition points generated in accordance
with AASHTO T-308. The aggregate gradation of the job-mix formula, when plotted upon an
aggregate grading chart, shall closely approximate the shape of average gradations for the limits
specified. For that portion of the aggregate passing No. 4 sieve, gradings which range from at or
near the maximum of one (1) sieve to at or near the minimum of the next sieve will not be
permitted. The Engineer may require increased asphalt content up to one-half percent (0.5%)
above that indicated by Marshall Design Criteria. Upon requiring increased asphalt content, the
lower limit of percent voids and the upper limit of percent voids filled shall be waived.
D.
Maximum Permissible Variations
Tolerances to the approved Job Mix Formula shall not exceed the permissible variations
presented in the following table. The Job Mix Formula band shall mean the approved Job Mix
Formula plus-or-minus (±) the numeric values for the maximum permissible variations.
Maximum Permissible Variation
(Percent by Weight of Total Aggregate)
Sieve Size
3/8” and Larger
#4
#8
#s 16, 30 & 50
#100
#200
Asphalt
Class A Asphalt
± 6.0
± 5.0
± 5.0
± 4.0
± 3.0
± 2.0
± 0.4
Class D & E Asphalt
± 5.0
± 5.0
± 4.0
± 4.0
± 3.0
± 2.0
± 0.4
When these permissible variations are applied to the “Class A Asphalt Concrete” Job Mix formula, the
broad band limits in Subsection A, above, may be exceeded only as follows:
1.
The three-quarter inch (3/4”) and No. 200 sieves shall not exceed the broad band limits in
SubArticle 6.3.A - General Requirements;
2.
All other sieves may exceed the broad band limits in SubArticle 6.3.A - General Requirements for
the respective sieve sizes in the above table provided that the Job Mix Formula band is not
exceeded.
When these permissible variations are applied to the “Class D or Class E Asphalt Concrete” Job Mix
formulas, the individual sieve shall not exceed the Broad Band limits in SubArticle 6.3.A – General
Requirements, above. Maximum temperature shall not vary more than twenty-five degrees (25º)
Fahrenheit from the approved Job Mix Formula design.
E.
Test Methods
The job-mix shall be determined according to the Marshall Method, as set forth in The Asphalt
Institute Manual.
Upon compaction and testing of the job-mix specimens, the mixture shall conform to the
aforementioned specifications within the following limits:
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 53 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Class A Asphalt
Stability (Marshall) Pounds Minimum
Flow (Marshall) Maximum
Percent Voids
Percent Voids Filled with Asphalt
1200
8 to 16
2.5 to 4.5
70 to 80
Class D & E Asphalt
1200
8 to 16
3 to 5
75 to 85
Article 6.4 Equipment
A. General
All equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be maintained in a sound mechanical condition.
Equipment shall be serviced and lubricated away from the paving site; units that drip fuel, oil
and/or grease shall be removed from the Project until such leakage is corrected to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
B. Asphalt Mixing Plant
All plants, used by the Contractor, shall be designed, coordinated and operated to produce a mix
uniformly within the job- mix tolerances as listed herein and in accordance with AASHTO M-156.
The plant may be either a weightbatch type or a volumetric proportioning, continuous/drum
mixing type, provided the equipment has demonstrated that it is suitable for producing finished
mixtures complying with the job-mix formula specified herein.
The plant shall be equipped with the necessary equipment for storing, handling, drying, heating
and mixing the aggregate and asphalt. Satisfactory means shall be provided for aggregate and
asphalt control as to quantity and temperature. Adequate safety measures shall be provided on
stairs, gears, pulley, chains, sprockets, and all other dangerous moving parts.
Contractor shall calibrate the asphalt plant not more than thirty (30) days in advance of
production and furnish copies of the data to the Engineer at least one day prior to asphalt
concrete production. Aggregate and asphalt cement sampling locations meetings OSHA safety
requirements shall be provided. Proportioning (batch) scales shall not be used for weighing
material for payment. Weight scales used in conjunction with a storage silo may be used to
weight the final product for payment, provided the scales are certified by the State of Alaska. The
asphalt plant shall maintain a current Air Quality Permit issued by the State of Alaska.
C. Pavers
Asphalt pavers shall be self-propelled units provided with a heated vibratory screed. Grade and
cross slope shall be controlled through the use of automatic grade and slope control devices. The
paver screed control system shall be automatically actuated by the use of an erected string-line
or a mobile string-line (ski) at least thirty feet (30’) in length on the high side of the paver. Grade
control shall be used on either (a) both the high and low sides, or (b) grade control on the high
side and slope control on the low side.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 54 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
The Contractor may request a waiver for the screed control system (string-line or ski) if he or she
believes the paving grade poses an unreasonable obstacle in the form of extreme horizontal or
vertical curves or unusual cul-de-sac and/or street configuration.
For trails, pavers shall be capable of placing the required thickness in one lift with a minimum
paving width of five feet (5’), truck-towed spreader-type equipment will be permitted, providing
the width and depth requirement can be met.
The paver shall be equipped with a receiving hopper having sufficient capacity for a uniform
spreading operation. The hopper shall be equipped with a distribution system to place the asphalt
concrete mixture uniformly in front of the screed without segregation and/or tearing.
The term “screed” includes any strike-off device operated by cutting, crowding, or other action
which is effective on mixes at workable temperatures, without tearing, shoving, or gouging, and
which produces a finished surface of an even and uniform texture. The screed shall be adjustable
as to level and section and shall have provisions for vibration and heat.
The screed assembly shall produce a finished surface of the required smoothness, thickness, and
texture without tearing, shoving, displacing or segregating the asphalt concrete mixture. Screed
extensions used for paving a constant width shall be heated and vibrated. Auger extensions shall
be within one and one-half feet (1.5’) of the screed extension on both sides.
The paver shall be capable of placing courses in thicknesses of from one-half inch (1/2”) to at
least three inches (3”), and, in width, be adjustable in increments of six inches (6”) and one foot
(1’).
The use of a pick-up machine to transfer the asphalt concrete mixture from a windrow to the
paver hopper will be permitted, provided the pick-up machine is capable of collection of the
windrowed material without damage to the underlying course. The Engineer will not allow the
continued use of the pick-up machine if segregation, excessive temperature loss, or any
detrimental effects are observed.
Paver shall be equipped with a means of preventing the segregation of the coarse aggregate
particles from the remainder of the bituminous concrete mixture while being carried from the
paver hopper over the slat-conveyor to the auger chamber. The mechanism to accomplish this
must be approved in writing by the paver manufacturer and may consist of chain curtains,
deflector plates, or other devices and may be any combination of these.
The following specific requirements apply to the following identified bituminous
pavers:
1. Blaw-Knox bituminous paver shall be equipped with the Blaw-Knox Materials
Management Kit (MMK).
2. Cedarapids bituminous paver must have been manufactured in 1989 or later.
3. Caterpillar bituminous pavers shall be equipped with the following deflector plate
models: 6630, 6631, or 6640.
Contractor shall provide a Certificate of Compliance that verifies the required mechanism has
been installed to prevent bituminous paver segregation.
The Engineer shall approve all mechanisms proposed by Contractor for preventing paver
segregation of coarse aggregate prior to the bituminous paver’s use on the project.
D. Rollers
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 55 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Rollers shall be self-propelled, reversible, and equipped to maintain clean and straight contact
surfaces. Heat shall be maintained on pneumatic tires by skirting or other approved devices.
The number, weight, and type of rollers furnished shall be sufficient to obtain the required
density and surface requirements while the mix is in a workable condition. One pneumatic and a
minimum of one vibratory roller shall be furnished and operated in a workmanlike manner by the
Contractor. There shall be at least one operator for each roller.
Pneumatic Tired Rollers:
Pneumatic tired roller shall ride on not less than seven uniformly sized and uniformly
inflated smooth tires mounted on wheel rims of twenty inch (20”) minimum diameter.
The rear group of tires shall align behind and cover the spaces between the forward
group of tires. Tires shall be inflated, and the roller ballasted, to provide a uniform (plus
or minus five [5] pounds per square inch) minimum ground contact weight of seventy
(70) pounds per square inch, unless a lower weight is requested in writing by the
Engineer. If a pneumatic roller experiences a pick-up problem, the Contractor shall be
required to add an effect release agent to the tire watering tank.
Steel-Drum Rollers: Steel-wheel roller may be of two (2) types:
Two-axle static drum rollers, 8 to 22 tons in weight.
Two-axle vibratory drum rollers, 8 to 22 tons in weight.
All rollers shall be equipped with power units of not less than four (4) cylinders and under
working conditions shall develop a compression in the rear wheels of two hundred fifty (250) to
three hundred fifty (350) pounds per inch of roller width. Rollers shall be in good working
condition and be free from backlash, faulty steering mechanism, or worn parts. Rollers shall be
equipped with adjustable scrapers to keep the drums clean and with efficient means of keeping
the drums/wheels wet to prevent mixes from sticking to the drums. Rollers/Drums shall be free
of flat areas, openings or projections which will mar the surface of the pavement.
E. Haul Trucks
Vehicles used for the transportation of hot-mix asphalt from the plant to the Project shall have
tight metal bottoms and shall be free from dust, screenings, petroleum oils, volatiles, and other
mineral spirits which may affect the mix being hauled. The truck beds shall be cleaned as often
as required, but at least once a day. After this operation the truck bed shall be elevated and
thoroughly drained; no excess solution shall be permitted.
When requested by the Engineer, trucks shall be equipped with covers of canvas, insulated
boxes, or other suitable material, and be of sufficient size and weight to protect the load from
adverse weather conditions and to maintain the required mix temperatures.
F. Truck Scales
Hot mix asphalt shall be weighed on platform scales furnished by the Contractor or on public
scales at the Contractor's expense. The scales shall be satisfactory to the Engineer and shall
comply with all State Laws governing the use of scales. The scales shall be tested and sealed by
an authorized public official, at the expense of the Contractor, as often as the Engineer may
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 56 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
deem necessary to ensure their accuracy. Batch plant proportioning scales may be used in lieu of
truck scales only with the written approval of the Engineer.
G. Hand Tools
Only lutes or asphalt rakes shall be used during the spreading operation and when finishing by
hand.
Tamping irons shall weigh not less than twenty-five (25) pounds and shall have a bearing area
not exceeding forty-eight (48) square inches. Mechanical compaction equipment, satisfactory to
the Engineer, may be used instead of tamping irons.
H. Straightedges
Straightedges ten (10’) and sixteen feet (16’) in length, to test the finished surface, shall be
provided by the Contractor. The sixteen foot (16’) straightedge shall be used on straight sections
and the ten foot (10’) straightedge on vertical curves or crown.
Article 6.5 Construction
A. Weather Limitations
Asphalt concrete mixture shall not be placed when it is raining or when rain is imminent, on a
saturated surface, on an unstable/yielding roadbed, when the base material is frozen, or when
weather conditions prevent proper handling or finishing of the mixture. Asphalt concrete mixture
shall not be placed unless the surface temperature is forty-five degrees (45º) Fahrenheit or
warmer and the ambient air is at least thirty-two degrees (32º) Fahrenheit and not descending.
Air temperature shall be measured in the shade away from heat sources at the paving site.
B. Preparation of Area to be Paved
The area to be paved shall be true to line and grade, having a smooth dry, compacted surface
prior to the start of paving operations. The area to be paved shall be free from all loose asphalt
and foreign material.
Contractor shall notify the Engineer, a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours prior to paving, that
the newly constructed, rotomill planed, or existing surface, has been prepared in conformance
with the Drawings and Specifications and are ready to be paved. Engineer or his representative
shall inspect the grade through the use of string line, straightedge, levels, or any other means
necessary. Upon determining the grade that has been proposed for paving is in conformance
with the Drawings and Specifications, Engineer will provide written authorization for the
Contractor to proceed with the paving. The Contractor shall not initiate paving prior to receiving
written authorization to proceed.
The surface of the Leveling Course, when finished, shall not demonstrate any deviation in excess
of three-eighths inch in ten feet (3/8” in 10’) parallel with, and at right angles to, the centerline,
or more than five-eighths inch (5/8”) total from centerline to face of curb of the area to be
paved. Any deviation in excess of this amount shall be corrected by loosening, adding, or
removing material and reshaping and compacting to satisfy the above requirement.
Existing paved surfaces shall be cleaned of loose material by sweeping with a power broom,
supplemented by hand sweeping, if determined necessary by the Engineer.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 57 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
After rotomilling of a section of the roadway has been completed, that section shall be inspected
by the Engineer for areas of distress or failure. Areas requiring repair shall have the remaining
pavement removed, and the distressed area shall be excavated to the depth and limits directed
by the Engineer. The excavated area shall be backfilled, as directed by the Engineer, with
crushed aggregate Leveling Course material and/or Asphalt Concrete leveling course in
conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Pavement surface irregularities, remaining
from the rotomilling effort, that extend more than three-quarters inch (3/4”) below the milling
indentations shall be pre-leveled and brought into conformance with the tolerances established in
Article 6.6 - Density and Surface Requirements. Pre-leveling shall be completed with an approved
Class D asphalt concrete in accordance with this Section and include the furnishing, hauling,
placing, and compaction of the asphalt concrete.
Contact surfaces of curbing, gutters, manholes, and other structures shall be painted with a thin,
uniform coating of asphaltic cement or approved equal material prior to the mixture being placed
against them. Butt joints on previously placed cooled pavement shall be saw cut and tack coated
prior to continuing the paving operation.
Contractor shall not pave against newly placed concrete curbing until said curbing has cured for a
minimum five (5) days. For the purpose of paving operations only, curb curing time may be
reduced to seventy-two (72) hours only upon receipt of Contractor’s written certification that
Type III Portland High-Early-Strength cement concrete was used in, properly placed, and
appropriate curing compounds were applied to the adjacent curb and gutter.
C. Preparation of Paving Asphalt
The asphalt shall be heated at the paving plant to a temperature at which it can be properly
handled through the pumping system, but at no time shall the temperature of the asphalts
exceed that recommended by the asphalt supplier or manufacturer, or be greater than three
hundred twenty-five degrees (325º) Fahrenheit or less than two hundred fifty degrees (250º)
Fahrenheit.
D. Preparation and Handling of Aggregates
The aggregate for the asphalt concrete mixture shall be heated and dried to a temperature
compatible with the mix requirements specified. The burner on the dryer shall be properly
adjusted to avoid damage to the aggregate and to avoid the presence of unburned fuel on the
aggregate. Any asphalt concrete mixture in which soot or fuel is present shall be wasted and no
payment made.
Drying operations shall reduce the aggregate moisture content so that the moisture content of
the asphalt concrete mixture, sampled at the point of acceptance for asphalt cement content,
shall be no more than one-half percent (0.5%) (by total weight of mix), as determined by ATM T25. Adequate dry storage shall be provided for the mineral filler.
Aggregates shall be stored at the plant in such a manner that the separate sizes will not become
intermixed. Cold aggregate shall be carefully fed to the plant in such proportions that surplus and
shortages in the hot bins will not cause breaks in the continuous operations.
Stockpiles and bins shall be sampled for gradation analysis, dust coating, and for other purposes,
at the option of the Engineer.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 58 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide representative samples from each
of the hot bins. Samples shall be used to determine compliance with these Specifications.
1. Drying:
The aggregate shall be thoroughly dried and heated to provide a paving mix within a
tolerance specified herein. The moisture content of the heated and dried aggregate
shall not exceed one-half percent (0.5%). Dust collected during the drying operation
may be fed uniformly back into the hot aggregate prior to screening, provided a
position mechanical feed is used which will control the feedback to the quantity
specified by the
Engineer.
2. Screening:
Aggregates shall be screened into sizes that may be recombined into a gradation
meeting the requirements of the job-mix formula. Screens shall have normal
capacities slightly in excess of the production capacity of the mixer and rated capacity
of the dryer.
3. Hot Aggregate Storage:
Hot screened aggregate shall be stored in such a manner as to minimize segregation
and loss of temperature.
E. Mixing Plants and Controls
All plants shall be equipped with a positive means to govern the time of mixing. Mixing time shall
not be altered unless requested by the Engineer. Frequent gradation analysis of the hot
aggregates of the completed mix shall be made to be certain that the materials being used and
produced are within the tolerances of the job-mix formula and the specifications of the mix being
used. If the mix is found to be outside the hot-mix formula tolerances or outside the specification
limits, corrections shall be made in quantities measured from the hot bins and suitable changes
made at the cold bin feeders. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish a finished
product in accordance with the Contract Documents. Tests conducted by the Engineer are for
quality acceptance purposes only and are not authorized for use in plant calibration. Plant
metering systems and scales shall be calibrated to the accuracy specified in AASHTO M-156.
Batch Type Plant: When the mix is produced in a batch type plant, the aggregate shall be
accurately weighed in the proper proportions to provide the batch weight.
The asphalt shall be heated to provide a material sufficiently fluid to produce a uniform coating
on every particle of aggregate within the specified mixing time. The temperature of the
aggregates and asphalt immediately prior to mixing shall be approximately that of the completed
batch. In no case shall the temperature of the asphalt and aggregate vary more than twenty-five
degrees (25º) Fahrenheit when placed in the mixing chamber.
A dry mixing period of not less than ten (10) seconds shall precede the addition of the asphalt to
the mix. Excess wet mixing shall be avoided. Wet mixing shall continue as long as is necessary to
obtain a thoroughly blended mix. The minimum percent of coated particles used to establish the
mixing time interval shall be ninety-five percent (95%) as determined by AASHTO T-195.
Continuous Type Plant: Continuous mix and drum plants shall in general be controlled in the
same manner as batch plants.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 59 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
The determination of mixing time shall be by weight method under the following
formula unless otherwise approved:
Mixing time in seconds =
Pugmill Dead Capacity in Pounds
Pugmill Output in Pounds Per Second
The weights used for computing mixing time shall be determined for the job, from tests made by
the Contractor and shall conform to the recommendations of the manufacturer. Mixing
temperature shall not exceed that recommended by the asphalt cement manufacturer without
the written approval of the Engineer. To aid in determining the proper temperature of the
completed batch, current viscosity data shall be available at the plant at all times.
F. Transportation of Mix
The dispatching of the hauling vehicles shall be so scheduled that all material delivered may be
placed and rolled in daylight. When variations in size of loads, speed of trucks, length of haul,
and conditions of trucks interfere with orderly continuous operations, the Engineer may order
suitable corrections to be made.
G. Mechanical Spreading
Contractor shall submit a Paving Plan for the Engineer’s review a minimum of five (5) working
days prior to initiating paving operations. The plan shall consist of at least the following items:
1. Paving schedule to include sequence of operations.
2. Operational details to include:
a. Plant operating capacity and target production rate. Process control
testing frequency for gradation, moisture, asphalt cement content,
and compaction.
b. Number and capacity of trucks, cycle time, and delivery rate.
c. The manufacturer and model of the paver and pick-up machine to
include information on grade followers, sensors, operating speed, and
production rate of the pavers.
d. Number, type, weight, and operating speed of rollers, including
replacement roller.
e. Location and method of constructing longitudinal and transverse
joints.
f. Construction plan for paving intersections and driveways.
3. The asphalt concrete shall be placed on the road surface at a temperature not less than two
hundred fifty degrees (250º) Fahrenheit or greater than three hundred degrees (300º)
Fahrenheit. Additionally, the maximum temperature to which the asphalt concrete is heated
shall not exceed the supplier’s recommendation. The asphalt concrete temperature shall be
measured directly behind the paver screed at the time of placement.
The asphalt concrete mixture shall be laid upon a surface approved in writing by the
Engineer, spread and struck-off and compacted to the thickness specified in the Drawings
and specifications. Asphalt pavers shall be used to distribute the asphalt concrete mixture in
lanes of such widths as to hold to a practical minimum the number of longitudinal joints
required.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 60 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Longitudinal joints and edges shall be constructed to true line markings. Lines shall be
established parallel to the center line for the paver to follow in placing individual lanes. The paver
shall be operated and positioned to closely follow the established line. When backing trucks to
the finisher, care shall be taken not to jar the paver.
The texture of the unrolled surface shall be checked to determine its uniformity. The adjustment
of the screed, tamping, feed screws, hopper feed, etc., shall be checked frequently to assure
uniform spreading of the mix. Segregation of the material shall not be permitted. If segregation
occurs, the spreading operation shall be immediately suspended until the cause is determined
and corrected.
Any irregularities left by the paver shall be corrected by trimming directly behind the machine by
use of lutes or covered rakes. Immediately after trimming, the edges of the course shall be
thoroughly compacted by tamping. Distortion of the pavement during this operation shall be
avoided.
Edges against which additional pavement is to be placed shall be vertically formed to true line. A
lute or covered rake shall be used immediately behind the finisher, when required to obtain a
true line and vertical edge. Any irregularities in the surface of the pavement course shall be
corrected directly behind the paver. Excess material forming high spots shall be removed by a
shovel or lute. Indented areas shall be filled with hot-mix and smoothed with the back of a shovel
pulled over the surface. Fanning of material over such areas shall not be permitted.
On longitudinal joints, the paver shall be positioned so that in spreading, the material overlaps
the edge of the lane previously placed by one or two inches (1” or 2”) and is sufficiently high to
allow for compaction. The coarse aggregate in the material overlapping the joint shall all be
raked out into the cold lane as soon as possible behind the paver and broomed up and wasted.
In no case shall scattered rocks be rolled into the surface of either lane.
Asphalt concrete mixture which is contaminated or segregated will be rejected.
When multiple lifts are specified in the Contract, the final lift shall not be placed until all lower
lifts throughout that section, as defined by the Paving Plan, have been placed and accepted.
Paving shall not begin until all adjacent curb has been poured for at least seven (7) days when
Type I/II cement is used or three (3) days when Type III cement is used.
H. Hand Spreading
On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical spreading and
finishing equipment impracticable, the asphalt concrete mixture shall be spread, raked, and luted
by hand tools. For such areas, the asphalt concrete mixture shall be placed to the required
compacted thickness and density.
I.
Compaction
Immediately after the asphalt mixture has been spread, struck off and surface irregularities
adjusted, it shall be thoroughly and uniformly compacted by rolling.
The surface shall be rolled when the mixture is in the proper condition and when the rolling does
not cause undue displacement, cracking, or shoving.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 61 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Initial rolling shall be done with a steel-drum roller with the drive roll operating toward the paver,
and/or a suitable pneumatic tired roller. Initial rolling shall be completed while the bituminous
mat temperature is above two hundred twenty-five degrees (225º) Fahrenheit.
Following the initial rolling at least three coverages of the pavement shall be completed with a
pneumatic tired roller, while the mat temperature is above one hundred seventy-five degrees
(175º) Fahrenheit.
Final rolling shall be completed with a steel–drum roller and shall continue until roller marks and
further compression are not evident in the pavement and specified density has been achieved.
Unless otherwise directed, rolling shall begin at the sides and proceed longitudinally parallel to
the road center line, each trip overlapping one-half the roller width, gradually progressing to the
crown of the road. When paving in echelon or abutting a previously placed lane, the longitudinal
joint should be rolled first followed by the regular rolling procedure. On superelevated curves the
rolling shall begin at the low side and progress to the high side by overlapping of longitudinal
trips parallel to the centerline.
Any displacement occurring as result of the reversing of the direction of a roller, or from other
causes, shall be corrected at once by the use of rakes and addition of fresh mixture when
required. Care shall be exercised in rolling not to displace the line and grade of the edges of the
asphalt mixture.
To prevent adhesion of the mixture to the rollers, the wheels shall be kept properly moistened
with water or water mixed with very small quantities of detergent or other approved material.
Excess liquid will not be permitted.
Along forms, curbs, headers, walls, and other places not accessible to the rollers, the mixture
shall be thoroughly compacted with hot hand tampers, smoothing irons, or with mechanical
tampers. On depressed areas, a trench roller may be used or cleated compression strips may be
used under the roller to transmit compression to the depressed area.
Rollers or other vehicles shall not be parked or left standing on pavement that has not cooled
sufficiently to prevent indentation by wheels.
J.
Joints
The Contractor shall not construct longitudinal joints in the driving wheel paths. The Contractor
shall align the joints of the top layer of pavement to either the centerline of the road or to lane
lines. The Contractor shall offset the longitudinal joint in the top layer of pavement not more than
six inches (6”) from centerline of edge of stripe. Joints shall be constructed to ensure a
continuous bond between old and new sections of the course. All joints shall present the same
texture and smoothness as other sections of the course. The Contractor shall offset the
longitudinal joints in the top layer from the joint in the layer immediately below by at least four
inches (4”).
When joining existing pavement and new pavement, the old pavement shall be cut in a neat line
with a power driven saw.
Improperly formed joints resulting in surface irregularities shall be removed full depth, replaced
with fresh asphalt concrete mixture, and thoroughly compacted. Rolling of joints after the
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 62 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
material has cooled below one hundred seventy degrees (170º) Fahrenheit shall not be allowed.
All pavement removal shall be precut to a neat line with a power-driven saw.
A tack coat of asphalt cement or asphalt emulsion shall be applied on all cold joints and allowed
to break prior to placing fresh asphalt concrete mixture against the joint. This Work shall be
completed by Contractor just prior to paving.
Transverse joints shall be formed by saw cutting back on the previous run to expose the full
depth of the course or by using a removable bulkhead. Transverse joints shall not be
perpendicular to centerline, but shall be skewed between fifteen and twenty-five degrees (15º
and 25º).
K. Repair and Replacement
Asphalt concrete mixture that becomes contaminated with foreign material or is in any way
defective as determined by the Engineer shall be removed. Skin patching will not be permitted.
Defective materials shall be removed for the full thickness of the course. The pavement shall be
cut so that all edges are vertical, the sides are parallel to the direction of traffic, and the ends are
skewed between fifteen and twenty-five degrees (15º and 25º). Edges shall be coated with a thin
tack coat of material. Fresh asphalt concrete mixture shall be placed in sufficient quantity so that
the finished surface will conform to grade and smoothness requirements. The asphalt concrete
mixture shall be compacted to the density specified. Any area determined to have an excess or
deficiency of asphalt concrete shall be corrected by full depth removal and replacement. No
payment shall be made for material replacing defective material. All costs associated with the
patching of defective areas shall be borne by Contractor.
L. Vehicular Traffic
Contractor shall not allow vehicular traffic on the asphalt mat surface until the mat surface has
cooled to below one hundred twenty degrees (120º) Fahrenheit. Any portion of the asphalt
concrete mixture that becomes loose and broken, rutted, or damaged in any way due to
vehicular traffic on the asphalt mat surface prior to it cooling to below one hundred twenty
degrees (120º) Fahrenheit, shall be removed and replaced with fresh hot asphalt concrete, which
shall be compacted to conform with the surrounding area at the specified density.
M. Course Aggregate Separation
The Contractor shall remove all course aggregate separated from the laid down mix and dispose
of offsite. At no time will segregated/separated coarse aggregate be allowed to be reintroduced
to the mix by means of hand spreading or raking.
When the process of raking segregates coarse aggregate from the mix, the Contractor shall pull
segregated course material from the surface prior to compaction. All concrete edges shall be
raked smooth by pulling mix towards the concrete or adjoining asphalt. At no time will asphalt
mix be allowed to be pushed back onto the road surface once pulled onto adjacent concrete.
N. Cleanup
The contractor shall clean all adjacent surfaces affected by construction. Segregated asphalt shall
be removed from all adjacent surfaces and disposed of offsite. The Contractor shall utilize a
mechanical sweeper to clean all surfaces disturbed by construction.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 63 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Article 6.6 Density and Surface Requirements
The complete pavement shall have a density equal to or greater than ninety-six (96) percent of Maximum
Density (Marshall Method), except for trail pavement which shall have a density equal to or greater than
ninety percent (90%). Maximum Density shall be determined in accordance with the test procedures
specified in Section 40.01, Article 1.2 - Applicable Standards. The compacted specimens on which the
Maximum Density is determined, shall be produced from a laboratory specimen made from the same
days mix, and as close to the lay down temperature as practicable.
When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall, without charge, provide the Engineer with test
samples of asphalt concrete cored from the completed pavement. All cores shall be at least four inches
(4”) in diameter and the core holes will be patched by the Contractor within seventy-two (72) hours.
The final surface shall be of a uniform texture conforming to true grade, and cross sections in accordance
with the Contract Documents. The thickness of the course shall be in accordance with the Drawings and
Specifications. Where curb and gutter is present the compacted pavement surface shall be one-eighth
inch plus or minus one-eighth inch (1/8”±1/8”) above the top front edge of curb.
Prior to the delivery of the first load of asphalt to the Project, the Contractor shall furnish straightedges to
the Inspector for checking surface uniformity. Irregularities in the finished pavement surface shall not
exceed three-sixteenths of an inch (3/16”) within ten feet (10’), or five-sixteenths of an inch (5/16”)
within sixteen feet (16’). Non-conforming surfaces shall be subject to rejection by the Engineer.
Irregularities which develop before the completion of rolling shall be remedied by loosening the surface
mix, removing or adding material as may be required, and rerolling.
For trails, a ten foot (10’) straightedge, supplied by the Contractor, shall be used to check the paving
surface. Surface irregularities shall not exceed one inch in ten feet (1” in 10’). Non-conforming surfaces
shall be subject to rejection by the Engineer. Irregularities which develop before completion of rolling
shall be remedied by loosening the surface mix, removing or adding material as may be required, and
rerolling.
Article 6.7 Measurement
Asphaltic concrete will be paid for by one of the methods as defined in the paragraph below and as
designated in the Bid Schedule.
A.
Measurement by the Ton
Measurement of hot-mix asphaltic paving materials, unless otherwise provided, shall be weighed
on truck scales in accordance with Article 6.4, SubArticle F – Truck Scales. Asphalt concrete
pavement shall be measured per ton (2,000 lbs) based on the amount of hot mix asphaltic
material actually used in the completed and accepted work modified as follows: the quantity paid
for shall not exceed one hundred and five percent (105%) of tonnage determined on the basis of
the average core density, the specified neat line thickness, and the completed area of asphaltic
concrete pavement. In addition, the Owner will not pay for that portion of any load in excess of
the legal gross weight for the vehicle delivering the load.
B.
Measurement by the Square Yard
Measurement of hot-mix asphaltic paving materials, unless otherwise provided, shall be
measured by the completed and accepted work. The area measured will be that which is shown
on the Drawings plus any additional areas as authorized by the Engineer in writing.
The tolerance for thickness of asphaltic concrete under square yard measurement shall be plus or
minus one-fourth inch (1/4”) from design mat thickness, as shown on the typical section. This
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 64 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
one-fourth inch (1/4”) variance shall be the exception only with the average variance for the job
being plus or minus one-eighth inch (±1/8”) from the design mat thickness. All asphaltic concrete
placed outside the variables allowed will be corrected by the Contractor at his expense.
C.
Measurement by the Linear Foot
Measurement of hot-mix asphaltic paving materials for bike trails, unless otherwise provided,
shall be per linear foot along the centerline of the constructed trail. The thickness of asphalt shall
not be less than the thickness shown in the typical section as noted on the Drawings.
Article 6.8 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and
Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section.
Payment shall be made under the following units:
ITEM
A.C. Pavement (Class)
A.C. Pavement (Class, Thickness)
A.C. Pavement (Class, Thickness)
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
UNIT
Ton
Square Yard
Linear Foot
Page 65 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 50.10 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 10.1 General
The Work under this Section consists of providing all materials and operations pertaining to the
construction required for sanitary sewer service connections. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and
property owners seventy-two (72) hours prior to any interruption of sanitary sewer service. The
Contractor shall provide temporary service during the period of interruption.
If construction activities are to occur in areas other than existing easements and temporary construction
permit areas, the Contractor shall secure a written Access Permit from the property owner prior to
beginning construction. Such permission shall hold the City harmless from any damage and claims
sustained by the Contractor’s operations.
Article 10.2 Material
All gravity sanitary sewer service connects shall be constructed with class 50 ductile iron Tyton・ joint
pipe, or other pipe material approved by CITY in the Design and Construction Practices Manual. The
minimum diameter of gravity sewer services is four inches and two inches for pressure sewer services.
Where insulation is required it is to be in conformance with Section 50.01, Article 1.5 - Insulation.
For gravity sewer services, connection to main shall be made with a Romac style CB epoxy[JRA1] coated
sewer saddle. All two inch (2”) pressure sanitary sewers shall be constructed with polyethylene coated
Type K copper tubing or HDPE SDR 11 per the Standard Detail for this Work. All two inch (2”) pressure
sanitary sewer connections shall use a service clamp per the Standard Detail.
All two inch (2”) force main sanitary sewers to be installed with minimum of ten feet (10’) of bury.
Article 10.3 Construction
The minimum standard depth of bury for gravity sewer is eight feet (8’). Where this cannot be achieved,
the sewer pipe is to be laid at the minimum slope to achieve the greatest depth of bury possible. Where
the depth of bury is reduced to five and one-half feet (5 ½’), but greater than four and one-half feet (4
½’) the sewer pipe is to be fully enclosed with a minimum of three inches of rigid foam. Installation of
sewer pipe with less than four and one-half feet (4 ½’) of cover will not be accepted.
Pressure sewer is to have a minimum cover of ten feet (10’) with no reduction allowance
for insulation.
Excavation and backfill for furnishing and installing sanitary sewer service connections shall be in
accordance with Division 20, Section 20.13 - Trench Excavation and Backfill. The service connections shall
be bedded with Class ‘E’ bedding. For gravity and force main sewers bedding shall be placed the full
extent of ditch, six inches (6”) above and below the pipe.
Construction shall be in accordance with the Standard Details. Multiple connections shall not be made any
closer together than three feet (3'). The terminus of the house connection shall be sealed with a suitable
stopper. Taps, where allowed for installation of saddles on to sanitary sewer pipes, shall be made with a
mechanical hole cutter or equal. Tee and wye saddles will be allowed on mains twelve inches (12") and
larger, wye saddles will be the only saddles allowed on mains smaller than twelve inches (12"). All gravity
service connections to sanitary sewer mains shall be approved ductile iron pipe or equal material
approved by the City.
Saddles for gravity sewer connections shall be placed over a circular hole sawed one-eighth inch (1/8”)
larger than the inside diameter of the saddle. The strap(s) shall be tightened in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions and centered over the hole sawed in the pipe being tapped. The hole shall be
made above the spring line of the main being tapped.
All ductile iron pipe shall be encased in one layer of polyethylene encasement in accordance with Section
50.13 - Polyethylene Encasement. Sanitary sewer service connections shall be installed to the edge of
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 66 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
right-of-way or edge of sanitary sewer easement of the lot being served and shall be permanently
marked by means of a Carsonite (or equal) marker extending three feet (3') above grade, painted green.
Record drawings shall include the pipe station of service connection at the main, service length, service
invert elevations at the main and property line and distance to nearest property corner.
Minimum slopes for gravity sewer service connections shall be as follows:
Pipe Diameter
Slope
4"
2.08% .0208 feet per foot
6"
1.00% .0100 feet per foot
8"
0.40% .0040 feet per foot
10"
0.28% .0028 feet per foot
12"
0.22% .0022 feet per foot
Upon exposing a stub-out, the Contractor is required to ensure that the line has proper slope, bearing,
and is free and clear of obstructions prior to connection with the service extension.
If the service line is found to be either plugged or if a gravity sewer service is found to have reverse
grade, the Contractor is required to notify the City immediately or be liable for correcting the
misalignment or unplugging the line at his expense. At the point of tie-in if No-hub pipe is exposed, a
"Romac repair clamp" SC or equal shall be used to connect to the on-property service line. If a "Ty-seal"
hub is utilized, the use of a "Romac repair clamp" or equal is not required. When using a bend at the
point of tie-in, two (2) "Romac repair clamps" shall be used.
A City representative is to perform the field inspection at the initial connection or service line extension
from the CITY sewer main without exception. The CITY will not approve any installation which is not in
accordance with the Uniform Plumbing Code, these Specifications, and the City Standard Specifications.
The Contractor shall not start the excavation for main line tap or onsite service until a permit is obtained.
All permits must be posted on the job at the time of the inspection.
Article 10.4 Measurement
Sanitary sewer service connections shall be measured as completed units in place. This item will include
all materials, excavation, installation, compaction, backfill, and installation of bedding material.
Unless specifically identified for payment under a separate bid item, the unit price bid for Sanitary Sewer
Service Connect (size) shall include all labor, equipment and materials to furnish and install a functional
sanitary sewer service connection including but not limited to the following incidental items: location and
verification of customers’ existing service locations, disconnection and reconnection of customer’s existing
services where the Work includes replacement of existing services, clearing and grubbing; trench
excavation and backfill; excavation dewatering; trench support system; furnishing and installing Type II-A
Classified Fill and Backfill; bedding; compaction; installation of pipe, fittings, adapters, or other necessary
appurtenances; sanitary sewer service insulation; polyethylene encasement; when applicable, connection
to existing service at edge of right-of-way; disposal of unusable or surplus material; protection of existing
utilities; restoration of existing drainage patterns; removal and replacement of existing culverts, fences,
landscaping, and other public or private improvements; finish grading; and cleanup. Where the Work
includes disconnecting existing sanitary sewer services from an existing sewer main and reconnecting
them to a new sewer main, the disconnection and reconnection of those existing sewer services will be
considered incidental to the installation of the new sewer main.
Article 10.5 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and
Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section.
Payment shall be made on the following basis:
ITEM
Sanitary Sewer Service Connect (Size)
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
UNIT
Each
Page 67 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 50.18 ADJUST SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE CONE TO FINISH
GRADE
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 18.1 General
The Work under this Section consists of providing all operations pertaining to the adjustment of existing
manhole cones to finish grade. All broken and/or missing manhole components are to be replaced with
new materials furnished and installed by the Contractor in accordance with these Specifications.
Article 18.2 Material
All materials used in the adjustment of manhole cones including mortar, steps, barrel sections, premolded
plastic gaskets, etc., shall conform to the requirements for manholes as outlined in Section 50.03 Sanitary Sewer Manholes. Radial concrete manhole blocks may be used for upward adjustments in
certain cases if approved by the Engineer.
Article 18.3 Construction
The Contractor shall remove the existing cone and add to or remove portions of the barrel of each
manhole requiring a cone adjustment. Each precast concrete barrel and cone section shall be set upon
and sealed with a premolded plastic gasket which shall meet AASHTO M-198, ASTM C990, or Federal
Specification SS-SS-210. Any damage to manholes resulting from construction under this Contract shall
be repaired or the damaged portion replaced at the Contractor’s expense. All inverts, benchwalls, and/or
catch areas shall be left clean and free from any foreign materials.
Contractor shall adjust the manhole cone to finish grade prior to placement of pavement. Cutting of new
asphalt for adjustments is not acceptable. Any adjustment(s) requiring cutting of new asphalt shall not be
paid and shall be deducted from the plan quantity.
Article 18.4 Measurement
Manhole cone adjustments shall be measured as units, complete in place.
Article 18.5 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and
Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section.
Payment for cone adjustments shall include compensation for changes in height per the applicable
Standard Details, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. In no case will payment for both ring and
cone adjustments be made for the same manhole.
Payment shall be made under the following unit:
ITEM
Adjust Sanitary Sewer Manhole Cone
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
UNIT
Each
Page 68 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 50.19 ADJUST SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE RING TO FINISH GRADE
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 19.1 General
The Work under this Section consists of providing all operations pertaining to the adjustment of existing
manhole rings to finish grade, All broken and/or missing manhole components are to be replaced with
new materials furnished and installed by the Contractor in accordance with these Specifications.
Article 19.2 Material
All materials used in the adjustment of manhole rings shall conform to the requirements for manholes as
outlined in Section 50.03 - Sanitary Sewer Manholes.
The Contractor may utilize Neenah R-1979 Series Manhole Adjusting Rings, or an approved equal, for
adjusting the manhole to finished grade.
Article 19.3 Construction
The Contractor shall adjust the manhole rings in accordance with the applicable Standard Details. The
Contractor shall set the adjusting rings in a bed of premolded plastic gasket material that meets AASHTO
M-198, ASTM C990, or Federal Specification SS-S-210. The casting can be set in a bed of mortar with
steel adjusting shims in the event the grade will not allow the premolded plastic gasket material. The
steel shims shall be placed in four locations as a minimum and must be approved by the Engineer. Any
damage to manholes resulting from construction under this Contract shall be repaired or the damaged
portion replaced at the Contractor’s expense.
Milling is an approved method of lowering the manhole grade. A horizontal milling process ware as the
casting is milled to lower the top to meet the finish grade of the street. This method must be submitted
to the Engineer for approval.
Contractor shall adjust the manhole cone to finish grade prior to placement of pavement. Cutting of new
asphalt for adjustments is not acceptable. Any adjustment(s) requiring cutting of new asphalt shall not be
paid and shall be deducted from the plan quantity.
Article 19.4 Measurement
Manhole ring adjustments shall be measured as units, complete in place.
Article 19.5 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 – Measurement and
Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section. Payment for ring
adjustment shall include full compensation for changes in height. In no case will payment for both ring
and cone adjustments be made for the same manhole.
Payment shall be made under the following unit:
ITEM
UNIT
Adjust Sanitary Sewer Manhole Ring
Each
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 69 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 55.08 ADJUST STORM DRAIN MANHOLE RING TO FINISH GRADE
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 8.1 General
The Work under this Section consists of providing all operations pertaining to the adjustment of existing
manhole rings to finish grade, All broken and/or missing manhole components are to be replaced with
new materials furnished and installed by the Contractor in accordance with these Specifications.
Article 8.2 Material
All materials used in the adjustment of manhole rings shall conform to the requirements for manholes as
outlined in Section 55.05 – Manholes and Catch Basin Manholes.
The Contractor may utilize Neenah R-1979 Series Manhole Adjusting Rings, or an approved equal, for
adjusting the manhole to finished grade.
Article 8.3 Construction
The Contractor shall adjust the manhole rings in accordance with the applicable Standard Details. The
Contractor shall set the adjusting rings in a bed of premolded plastic gasket material that meets AASHTO
M-198, ASTM C990, or Federal Specification SS-S-210. The casting can be set in a bed of mortar with
steel adjusting shims in the event the grade will not allow the premolded plastic gasket material. The
steel shims shall be placed in four locations as a minimum and must be approved by the Engineer. Any
damage to manholes resulting from construction under this Contract shall be repaired or the damaged
portion replaced at the Contractor’s expense.
Grade adjustment rings must be set centered over the manhole and catch basin cone or lid opening with
no lateral offset. No more than a one-quarter inch (1/4”) lateral offset is permitted between grade
adjustment rings. Total cumulative offset between grade adjustment rings shall not exceed one-half inch
(1/2”). Manhole rings and catch basin frames shall be set centered on the opening with a maximum
lateral offset of one-have inch (1/2”) permitted.
Milling is an approved method of lowering the manhole grade. A horizontal milling process ware as the
casting is milled to lower the top to meet the finish grade of the street. This method must be submitted
to the Engineer for approval.
Contractor shall remove and replace pavement around the manhole prior to adjustment in such a way to
minimize impact to the travel path of the roadway. Contractor shall either use infrared treatment to
amalgamate old and new pavement or shall make the pavement cut in such a way to prevent a straight
line patch from occurring perpendicular to the direction of travel. Pavement cuts shall be made in a
diamond shape in relation to the travel path rather than a square shape.
Contractor shall adjust the manhole cone to finish grade prior to placement of asphalt pavement. New
asphalt shall not be cut for adjustments.
Article 8.4 Measurement
Manhole ring adjustments shall be measured as units, complete in place.
Article 8.5 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 – Measurement and
Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section. Payment for ring
adjustment shall include full compensation for changes in height. In no case will payment for both ring
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 70 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
and cone adjustments be made for the same manhole. Any adjustments requiring cutting of new asphalt
shall not be paid and shall be deducted from the plan quantity.
Payment shall be made under the following unit:
ITEM
UNIT
Adjust Storm Drain Manhole Ring
Each
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 71 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 60.04 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 4.1 General
The Work under this Section consists of the performance of all Work required for the furnishing and
installation of "L-Base" Fire Hydrant Assemblies, including the fire hydrant leg pipe, auxiliary gate valve,
valve box, joint restraint, guard rails, and fire hydrants.
Article 4.2 Materials
A. Fire Hydrants
Fire hydrants shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C502 for Dry Barrel Fire
Hydrants. Fire hydrants shall be Mueller Centurian or equal.
1. All fire hydrants shall be supplied with a five and one-fourth inch (5.25”) main valve opening.
2. All single pumper hydrants shall be furnished with a six inch (6”) ANSI Class 125 standard
mechanical-joint end. All double pumper hydrants shall be furnished with an eight inch (8") ANSI
Class 125 standard mechanical-joint.
3. All connections shall be mechanical-joint unless otherwise indicated in the Contract
Documents.
4. Single pumper hydrants shall be furnished with two (2) two and one-half inch (2.5”)
connections and one (1) four and one-half inch (4.5”) pumper connection.
hose
5. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, all hydrants shall be furnished with a
barrel length that will allow a minimum of ten feet (10’) of bury. The lower barrel must be one
piece to achieve a ten foot burial depth.
6. The main valves shall be of the compression type, where water pressure holds the main valve
closed permitting easy maintenance or repair of the entire barrel assembly from above the
ground without the need of turning water off elsewhere.
7. All fire hydrants shall be furnished with a breakaway flange which allows both barrel and stem
to break clean upon impact from any angle. Traffic flange design must be such that repair and
replacement can be accomplished above ground.
8. Painting and coating shall be in accordance with cited AWWA Specifications. After installation,
the hydrant section from the traffic flange to the top of the operating nut shall be painted
"Caterpillar Yellow."
9. Operating and nozzle nuts shall be pentagon shaped with one and one-half inch (1.5”) point to
flat measurement at the base and one and seven sixteenths inch (1 7/16”) at the top.
10. Hose nozzle threading shall be in conformance with NFPA #194 for National (America)
Standard Fire Hose Coupling Screw Threads.
11. All working parts shall be bronze or noncorrosive metal in accordance with the requirements
of ANSI/AWWA C502.
12. All hydrants shall be right hand opening (clockwise).
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 72 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
13. All hydrants shall have drain outlets at the base of the barrel. Manufacturer plugs shall be
removed prior to installation so that water will drain freely from the barrel after use. The
Manufacturers’ plugs shall not be removed prior to installation when ground water is at a level
that the water would enter the barrel via the drains.
14. The operating nut of the hydrants is to be a minimum of twenty eight (28”) above the traffic
breakaway flange. The traffic breakaway flange is to be between three inches (3”) to nine inches
(9”) above adjacent grades.
B. Auxiliary Gate Valves
All gate valves and valve boxes shall be furnished and installed in accordance with Section 60.03
- Furnish and Install Valves.
C. Thrust-Restraint System
Unless otherwise detailed on the Drawings, Contractor shall provide push-on rubber gasket type
conforming to AWWA C111. Where specified on the Drawings and/or Standard Details,
Contractor shall install EBAA Iron MEGALUG・, Romac Industries RomaGrip, U.S. Pipe Field LOK・
Gasket System, or approved equal, on restrained joint pipe. Contractor shall ensure all
restrained-joint installation areas shall include joints, fittings, and piping deflection points.
D. Guard Posts
The Contractor shall install guard posts at each hydrant installation in accordance with the
Standard Details. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the guard posts are not to be installed, they
shall be delivered to the Anchorage Water and Wastewater Utility storage yard. Measurement
and payment for guard posts shall be incidental to the Bid item "Furnish and Install Fire Hydrant
Assembly."
Article 4.3 Construction
The Contractor shall provide all trench excavation, backfill and compaction necessary to install the fire
hydrant assembly in accordance with Division 20, Section 20.13 – Trench Excavation and Backfill.
The Contractor shall tape coat the barrel section, shoe, MJ restraint, and all buried bolted connections
with Densyl Tape as manufactured by Denso or approved equal. All surfaces shall be primed with Densyl
Paste as manufactured by Denso or approved equal. The Contractor shall wrap the hydrant barrel section
with three layers of 8-mil thick polyethylene encasement, up to the finish ground surface.
The fire hydrant auxiliary valve shall be closed during installation and remain closed during all main line
open bore flushing operations. The auxiliary gate valve shall be opened for hydrostatic pressure testing
and disinfection and while the hydrant is being raised by the City under pressure. All fire hydrant legs
shall be installed level. The fire hydrant barrel shall be installed plumb. Fire hydrants shall be adjusted to
final grade aas approved by the City Utility Department.
Hydrants installed but not available for use shall be covered with burlap and securely tied.
In lieu of valve box markers for the auxiliary gate valves, the Contractor shall paint in two inch (2”) black
lettered stencils, the direction and distances to the nearest one-tenth foot (1/10’ or 0.1’) the distance to
the valve box on the face of the fire hydrant directly below the bonnet flange.
Article 4.4 Measurement
The method of measurement to furnish and install fire hydrants shall be as follows:
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 73 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
A. Single Pumper Fire Hydrants installed to Water Main
Single Pumper Fire Hydrants shall be measured as complete assemblies furnished, constructed,
installed, and accepted in place for each installation, including, but not limited to, fire hydrants
six inch (6”) leg to main, six inch (6”) auxiliary gate valve and valve box, guard post installation,
thrust restraint system and removal and replacement of existing concrete curb & gutter as
required. The price shall include full compensation for furnishing and installing single pumper
hydrants as shown in the Standard Details.
B. Single Pumper Fire Hydrants installed to Valve
Single Pumper Fire Hydrants shall be measured as complete assemblies furnished, constructed,
installed, and accepted in place for each installation, including, but not limited to, fire hydrants
six inch (6”) leg to gate valve, guard post installation, and thrust restraint system and
replacement of existing concrete curb & gutter as required. The price shall include full
compensation for furnishing and installing single pumper hydrants as shown in the Standard
Details.
Article 4.5 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and
Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section.
Payment shall be made under the following units:
ITEM
Furnish and Install Fire Hydrant Assembly to Water main
(Single Pumper)
Furnish and Install Fire Hydrant Assembly to Valve
(Single Pumper)
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
UNIT
Each
Each
Page 74 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 60.06 WATER SERVICE LINES
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 6.1 General
The Work under this Section consists of the performance of Work required for furnishing and installing
water service lines including fittings, key boxes, and valve boxes. A service line provides potable water to
a building or lot for domestic or commercial use.
A water service connection is located in a right-of-way (ROW) or easement and is the pipe and
appurtenances extending from a water main to a keybox. A keybox is normally located at the property or
water easement line.
A service extension is the pipe and appurtenances within a parcel extending from the keybox to a
structure or structures on a private system. The service extension connects the water service to a
structure.
Article 6.2 Materials
The contractor shall furnish all materials and all materials shall be of new manufacture. All piping and
fittings provided shall meet the standard construction specifications.
1. Piping. All piping and fittings provided shall be rated for drinking water standards. Ductile iron or
cast iron piping shall conform to AWWA specification C151/A21.51-81 with cement mortar lining
on the inside and asphalt coating on the outside. This piping shall have "Tyton" joints and a
working pressure of not less than 150 psi. Copper water pipe shall be type K seamless or the
approved equal suitable for underground burial. This piping shall conform to ASTM B88-77 for
class "K" soft copper pipe with minimum joints and all joints must be flared. HDPE piping shall
have a working pressure of not less than 150 psi with the inside dimension meeting the
requirements of Section 13.10.60 above. When using HDPE pipe an underground 10 gauge locate
wire needs to be taped to the pipe with each end accessible through the grade box and
foundation to attach the locator to.
2. Thaw Wire. Continuity straps (thaw wire) shall be rubber coated braided number 2 copper wire.
3. Valves. Corporation stops shall be Mueller No. H-15000 or approved equal. Curb stops shall be
Mueller No. H-15210 or approved equal. Curb stop valves on a HDPE pipe service shall provide an
opening of no less than 1" (this is to ensure that the service can be steam thawed if it becomes
frozen).
4. Key Box. Key boxes shall be Mueller valve box No. H-10306 or approved equal.
5. Valve Box Top. The valve box top shall be Rich item No. 940B (5¼" X 18") or approved equal
with the word "water" printed on the lid.
6. Ductile Iron. Tyton joint repairs will be made with mechanical joint Romax or approved equal.
7. Insulation. Pipe insulation shall be flexible closed cell polyethylene with a minimum R-value of 2.5
per inch. All pipe insulation shall be rated for underground use. Cover insulation shall:
• be rigid Polystyrene insulation with an R-value of at least R-4 per inch
• be rated for at least 40 psi compressive strength
• have a water absorption rate of 0.1% or less
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 75 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
• have a density of at least 1.6 pcf
• be rated for underground use.
8. Saddles. Saddles shall be two strap metal type for ductile iron except a Smith Blair service clamp
shall be used on all AC pipe and a Romac Industries Style 202N-H Nylon Saddle with Stainless
Steel Double Strap for HDPE or approved equal.
Article 6.3 Construction
A. Excavation and Backfill
The Contractor shall provide all excavation, backfill, and compaction necessary to install water source
lines in accordance with Division 20, Section 20.13 – Trench Excavation and Backfill.
B. Service Connections
1. All water services shall be installed in accordance with the City of Soldotna Standard Construction
Specifications.
2. All water service lines shall be insulated with pipe insulation for the size of pipe and a layer of
insulation that is two inches thick and two feet wide unless otherwise approved by the city
engineer or the utility department manager. The pipe and cover insulation shall be installed from
the mainline, covering the corporation stop and main line, to the structure. The cover insulation
shall be installed directly over and centered on the pipe insulation.
3. A main line tap (connection) shall be accomplished with an appropriate tapping machine. The
tapping machine must have the capability of drilling and inserting a corporation stop under
pressure with a minimum loss of water. Accepted tap sizes include: 1", 1½", 2", 4", 6" and
larger. The final grade in unpaved areas shall match existing grades at construction limits without
producing drainage problems.
4. The water service line shall be placed in a trench in a straight manner, normally perpendicular to
the main line being tapped.
5. The water service shall be installed to a uniform grade to the maximum extent practicable with
minimum joints.
6. The line shall have a minimum cover of ten feet from ground surface to a point five feet inside of
the footings. Water piping installed with less than ten feet of cover will require city engineer or
his designee approval and will require additional insulation.
7. The curb stop/key box shall be installed at a location approved by the city utility department.
8. The contractor shall insure that the key box is in good working condition prior to installing the
service extension. If the key box is not in good condition, the contractor shall not tie the
extension to the curb stop, but shall notify the utility department immediately.
9. The brass curb-stop shall have an operating rod attached to the curb-stop with a number 2
rubber coated, copper thaw wire extending from the corporation stop valve at the water main,
then taped to the service line and appropriate sized key box. The thaw wire shall be installed
between the corporation stop and the top of the key box. The thaw wire shall be attached to the
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 76 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
water piping at no greater than ten-foot intervals and be within one foot of the water pipe or key
box at all locations. The thaw wire shall be wrapped around the outside of the key box and inside
of the (5¼" X 18") valve box top. The thaw wire shall extend at least 24" above ground; the
excess shall be coiled inside the 5¼" X 18" valve box top. The key box shall be installed with the
top approximately 3" below grade with the valve box top installed flush to existing surrounding
grade.
10. The contractor shall open the corporation stop and the key box valves to assure flows and flush
the line before installing the portion of service line between the key box and the structure.
11. Saddle shall be 2 strap type for ductile and a wide strap for HDPE and AC.
12. Backfill shall be of non-frost susceptible material.
13. Trench excavation and backfill shall be done in such a manner as to prevent damage to the
service line.
14. Backfill in the right-of-way shall match adjacent soils to the maximum extent practicable.
Compaction to 95% on a standard proctor is required for all backfill with any road or driveway.
C. Excavation
The Contractor shall excavate whatever substances that are encountered to the depth required for the
connections. Depth for water service connections will be a minimum of ten feet (10') below proposed
finished grade. The ten foot (10') depth below finished grade shall be maintained five feet (5') past the
footings, before the depth shall be less than ten feet (10'). Variations in depth from the depth stated
above will not be grounds for additional payment. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to familiarize
himself with the depth of water mains for the project.
The portion of the right-of-way that extends from the main to the key box (curb stop) will be excavated
in such a manner that will allow the service connection to be installed horizontally (no slope). The
Contractor shall excavate for water connections in such a manner that the excavation is ninety degrees
(90・) to the street line, whenever possible. Two services, two inches (2”) or less, shall not be installed in
a single trench when separation between keyboxes is greater than twelve feet (12’) or two feet (2’)
separation cannot be maintained. The ditch shall be long enough to allow the key box to be set at the
property line. Trenches shall be of sufficient width at the bottom to allow for laying of the particular
service (minimum two and one-half feet [2.5’] for single service). The Contractor shall expose the main to
be tapped for distance of two feet (2’) or greater either side of the proposed tap location. Excavation on
both sides of the pipe shall be carried to below the bottom of the pipe for clearance of the tapping
saddle.
No water service shall be within a horizontal distance of ten feet (10') from the sanitary sewer service,
footing drain or storm service. The Contractor shall be responsible for, and shall bear the expenses
incurred, in the event that a main should be damaged during excavation or backfilling. The Contractor
shall bear the cost of all material, labor, and other expenses thereof.
All on-property installations shall be constructed to the same standard as off-property installations.
D. Backfill
At such time as the Engineer may direct, but only after the service lines and appurtenances have been
properly completed and inspected, the trenches and appurtenant structures shall be backfilled. The
backfilled material, free from large clods, frozen material or stones, shall be placed by the Contractor in
conformance with the codes and regulations of the Municipality.
The Contractor shall exercise due care in backfilling to keep the service box and thaw wire vertical and in
place. In the event the service box or thaw wire is displaced, the Contractor will be required to excavate
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 77 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
and restore the service box and thaw wire to the proper position. Any work necessary to restore the
service box and thaw wire to the proper position will be performed at the Contractor's expense
A thaw wire constructed to a #2 copper plastic or rubber coated wire shall be attached to the corporation
stop on one inch (1") connections by an approved method. On one and one-half (1 1/2") and two inch
(2") connections, the thaw wire shall be attached to the saddle on the main. Three inch (3”) through ten
inch (10") connections shall have continuity straps attached in the same manner as that of
main line installation.
E. Disconnects
Not Used
F. Hydrostatic Testing
Hydrostatic testing must comply with M.A.S.S Section 60.02. A bleeder will be installed at each service
line key box and extended a minimum of one foot (1') above the existing ground. The bleeder will be
capped after testing is complete. The bleeder may not be used for the on-property system and must be
disconnected at the time of the on-property hook-up.
G. Disconnect/Reconnect Water Service
Disconnect and reconnect existing water service lines where shown on the Drawings or as directed by the
Engineer. Reconnect to existing water service line piping with Flare x Flare pipe union. Furnish and install
reducer if existing water service extension piping is smaller than new piping. Furnish and install dielectric
union if existing water service line piping is of dissimilar metal from new piping. Unions are not to be
installed within the ROW.
Article 6.4 Measurement
Measurement for Furnishing and Installing Water Service Lines shall be per each as set forth in the Bid
Schedule.
Article 6.5 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and
Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section.
Unless specifically identified for payment under a separate pay item, the unit price bid to Furnish and
Install (size) Water Service Lines shall include all labor, equipment and materials to furnish and install a
functional potable water service including, but not limited to, the following incidental items: verify
location of existing water services; disconnection and reconnection of customer’s existing services where
the Work includes replacement of existing services; clearing and grubbing; trench excavation and backfill;
excess excavation and backfill; excavation dewatering; trench support system; furnishing and installing
Class E bedding; compaction of fill; installation of pipe, fittings, adapters, or other necessary
appurtenances; polyethylene encasement; hydrostatic testing, flushing, disinfection, water service
insulation; disposal of unusable or surplus material; seeding; protection of existing utilities; restoration of
existing drainage patterns; removal and replacement of existing culverts, guardrail, fences, landscaping,
and other public or private improvements; finish grading; and cleanup.
Where the Work includes disconnecting existing water services from an existing water main and
reconnecting them to a new water main, the disconnection and reconnection of those existing water
services will be considered incidental to the costs bid for installation of the new water main.
Fittings and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings or not specifically identified for payment under a
separate pay item but required for normal completion of water service line installation, will be considered
incidental and shall be included in the per each cost of the water service lines.
Payment shall be made under the following unit:
ITEM
Furnish and Install (Size) Water Service Line
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
UNIT
Each
Page 78 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 60.14 REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING FIRE HYDRANT
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 14.1 General
The Work under this Section consists of removing and salvaging serviceable portions of existing fire
hydrant assemblies identified in the Drawings and delivering them to the City’s Utility Department.
Article 14.2 Material
Materials used in this Work shall conform to the requirements of Section 60.02, Article 2.2 - Materials.
Article 14.3 Construction
The Contractor shall excavate, expose and remove the fire hydrant assemblies identified in the Drawings
to be salvaged.
The hydrant assembly components to be removed and salvaged at each hydrant location where the
hydrant is to be salvaged include:
Hydrant
Hydrant
Hydrant
Hydrant
assembly (head, barrel, and shoe)
gate valve
gate valve box
leg
Upon inspection of the exposed hydrant assembly components, the Engineer may determine that one or
more of the components are not salvageable. These items are to be transported by the Contractor to a
disposal site approved for disposal of construction debris.
The Contractor shall install a plug in the branch connection on the tee in the water main where the
hydrant assembly is removed. If the water main is to remain in active service, the plug shall be tested for
leakage according to Section 60.02, Article 2.4 – Flushing and Testing, prior to the water main being
covered with fill. Disinfect the existing water main at the locations where the hydrant assemblies are
removed per AWWA C651.
Excavation, shoring, dewatering, disposal of unsuitable material, backfilling, and compaction, shall all
conform to the requirements of Division 20 – Earthwork.
During the execution of this effort, the Contractor shall maintain vehicular traffic and pedestrian access as
required in Division 10 – Standard General Provisions.
The Contractor shall restore the Work area to preconstruction conditions as required by Division 10 –
Standard General Provisions. Landscaping, paving and concrete work shall conform to Division 75 –
Landscaping Improvements, Division 40 – Asphalt Surfacing and Division 30 – Portland Cement Concrete,
respectively, and the Standard Details.
Article 14.4 Measurement
Removing, disposing of or salvaging, and delivery of existing fire hydrant serviceable portions will be
measured per each fire hydrant removed and salvaged in accordance with this Section.
Article 14.5 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 Measurement and Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section.
Payment shall be made under the following unit:
ITEM
Remove and Salvage Existing Fire Hydrant to Water Main
Remove and Salvage Existing Fire Hydrant to Valve
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
UNIT
Each
Page 79 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 60.20 ADJUST VALVE BOX TO FINISH GRADE
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 20.1 General
The Work under this Section consists of providing all operations pertaining to adjustment of existing
mainline or hydrant valve boxes to finish grade, including the replacement of any and all broken valve
box sections, lids, and dust pans.
Article 20.2 Material
All materials used in the adjustment of mainline valve boxes shall conform to the requirements of the
utility company having jurisdiction over the water system.
Article 20.3 Construction
All valve box adjustments will be accomplished as directed by the Engineer. During the adjustment of the
valve boxes, the top section will be replaced with a new top section, dust pan, and lid market “water,”
per the water utility specifications. Any salvaged top sections will be identified by the Engineer. All
salvaged top sections will be delivered to the Street Maintenance Storage Yard by the Contractor. Any
damage to a mainline valve box resulting from construction under this contract shall be repaired or the
damaged portion replaced at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring
that the valve box is vertical, clean, to proper grade, and readily accessible for operation of the valve.
Contractor shall adjust the valve box to finish grade prior to placement of asphalt pavement. fter-thefact cutting of new asphalt for adjustments is not accepted. Any adjustment(s) requiring cutting of new
asphalt shall not be paid and shall be deducted from the quantity.
Article 20.4 Measurement
Mainline valve box adjustments will be measured per unit, complete in place.
Article 20.5 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and
Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section.
Payment shall be made under the following unit:
ITEM
UNIT
Adjust Valve Box to Finish Grade
EACH
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 80 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS
FOR MUNICIPAL CONSTRUCTION SURVEYS
DIVISION 65
SECTION 65.01 GENERAL
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 1.1 Scope of Work
The Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials necessary to perform all surveying and staking
essential for the completion of construction in conformance with the Drawings, Specifications, and
Contract Documents. The Contractor shall perform all the necessary Work and calculations required to
accomplish the Work in accordance with this Division.
This Section establishes a minimum standard of field survey specifications and procedures to properly
control Municipal construction projects. The Contractor shall insure that commonly accepted practice of
survey methods and procedures are followed. Errors or damages resulting from the Contractor's survey
shall be corrected or made whole at the expense of the Contractor. The Owner shall not be held liable for
any additional expense. Any method conflicting with these survey specifications must be approved by the
Engineer prior to its use.
An Alaskan Registered Professional Surveyor, subcontracted to the Contractor shall perform all surveying,
monumentation, staking and cross section for quantities pay item measurements. All personnel involved
in measuring and recording survey data shall be directly employed by the Surveying Subcontractor and
shall not be employed by the Contractor or any of the other Subcontractors for the duration of the
project. Failure to adhere to this specification will result in non-payment for all Work affected by noncompliance.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer twenty-four (24) hours in advance prior to beginning Work. All
requests for information or determinations concerning the project shall be directed to the Engineer.
Contractor shall conduct a preconstruction survey to establish the existing road centerline
and gutter lip profiles as applicable, within five working days prior to beginning construction
staking, Contractor shall submit the survey field notes and a survey points in ASCI or ACAD
format to the Engineer. The Engineer will have Two days to review the survey notes and
profile drawings prior to the start of construction.
Article 1.2 Payment - General
This section is incidental to Item 65.02.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 81 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 65.02 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 2.1 Project Control
The Owner may provide project horizontal and vertical control monuments to facilitate construction
staking or the Owner may not have provided horizontal and vertical control monuments for a project.
Regardless, the Contractor shall recover project survey control monuments shown on the Drawings or
establish project survey control monuments to ensure the project is properly located and constructed
according to the Contract Documents.
Survey control monuments may be shown on the Drawings. Prior to construction, the Contractor shall
locate these monuments to ensure they have not been destroyed. In the event the Contractor is unable
to locate certain monuments, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately and provide five (5)
working days for the Engineer to reestablish the missing monumentation.
The Contractor shall have no basis for a claim requesting additional compensation for costs incurred due
to missing survey control which is shown on the Drawings, unless the Engineer fails to reestablish said
control within five (5) working days after written notification from Contractor. The Contractor may be
entitled an extension of time as the Engineer may determine. Claim for extension of time shall be in
accordance with Division 10, Section 10.05, Article 5.23 - Delays and Extension of Time.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately if a discrepancy exists between the field conditions
and the Contract Documents. Project staking, which would be directly affected by the discrepancy, shall
cease until further notice by the Engineer. Work unaffected by the discrepancy shall continue
uninterrupted.
The Contractor is responsible for preserving, protecting and replacing all monuments and lot corners, line
stakes, grade stakes, reference points, and hubs. In the event of their loss or destruction, the Contractor
shall pay all costs for their replacement.
A.
Monuments
1. General Description
A monument is defined as a material object used to physically identify a measured point on
the earth’s surface, representing a land boundary that was determined by a land survey. The
term “monument” will be deemed generic to identify public land corners, private property
corners and public agency vertical and horizontal control monuments. If a question arises as
to the validity of a found object being a monument, it should be submitted to the Engineer for
clarification prior to disturbance or removal.
2. Existing Monument and Lot Corner Search
Contractor shall perform a monument search and make a record of the monument and lot
corner search in the survey control field book, before commencement of construction staking.
The monument search shall include both centerline and property monumentation.
Contractor shall locate and verify all project survey control monuments shown on the
Drawings to ensure that they have not been disturbed or destroyed. In the event the
Contractor is unable to locate any survey control monument that is shown on the Drawings,
the Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately. The Engineer shall have five working
days to reestablish the missing monument or make a determination whether the project can
be accurately staked without the missing monument.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 82 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
The field book record of the monument and lot corner search shall state which monuments
were found and which were not found. Contractor shall obtain record plats within the
construction limits to assist in the search.
The Contractor shall replace all monuments and lot corners that are missing upon completion
of construction unless the Contractor can show that the monument or lot corner was searched
for and none existed prior to construction.
The requirement to search for existing monuments and lot corners is governed by a separate
pay item in the Bid Schedule shall be measured and paid as identified in Article 2.15 – Method
of Measurement and Article 2.16 – Basis of Payment.
3. Requirement to File Record of Monument
The State of Alaska Statute (AS 34.65.040) requires A RECORD OF MONUMENT to be filed
with the State District Recorders Office immediately after establishment of survey control and
prior to clearing and grubbing and/or excavation work for all applicable monuments.
Monuments for which a record of monument shall be filed are defined as follows:
• U.S. public lands survey monument established by a cadastral land survey.
• Alaska state land survey monument established by a cadastral land survey.
• Municipality of Anchorage land survey monument established by a cadastral land survey.
• Exterior boundary monument controlling a record survey.
• Geodetic control monument established by a federal, state, or municipal agency.
Proof of recording shall be submitted to the Engineer in the form of a copy of the monument
of record bearing the State District Recorders stamp before the monument is disturbed or
removed.
A second RECORD OF MONUMENT shall be filed for each monument after the monument has
been replaced (refer to AS 34.65.040). The record of monument shall be filed within five (5)
working days of the date the monument was installed. Proof of recording shall be submitted
to the Engineer in the form of a copy of the record of monument bearing the State District
Recorder’s stamp.
B. Requirement to Establish Monuments
1. General
The Contractor shall replace any monument that exists within the construction limits if it is
disturbed or removed due to project activity. All monumentation disturbed or removed shall be
replaced with the same type monument or monument approved by the Engineer. All
monuments that are replaced shall be crowned with a self identifying cap bearing the
surveyor’s license number, year set, the lot, block and subdivision name stamped into the cap.
No plastic monument caps are allowed. Should a physical impediment prevent a monument
from being reestablished at its original location, one or more reference monuments shall be
established. The establishment of reference marks shall be coordinated with the Engineer.
2. Centerline Monumentation for Road Improvement Projects
Projects which include paving or repaving of the road surface shall establish monuments
installed in a monument case at all project centerline PCs, PTs, angle points, and street
intersections. Monuments established to identify street intersections, angle points, and
PCs/PTs of curves shall be center punched and stamped with the following information:
• centerline stationing
• year set
• surveyor's license number
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 83 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
• the initials “M.O.A.”
Monuments that are located in gravel road surfaces, fill slopes, back slopes or ditches shall be
installed six inches (6”) below the finished surface. Existing subdivision lot corner monuments
located within paved portions of a public use easement shall be replaced with a like
monument installed flush with the top of finished pavement grade.
3. Utility Projects Within the Road Right Of Way
Maintenance and utility projects including storm drains, traffic signalization/channelization and
gravel surface re-grading and reshaping projects, do not require the establishment of new
monumentation. However, in accordance with SubArticle B.1 - General. above, the Contractor
is responsible for replacing any existing monuments disturbed or removed during the Work.
4. Standard Monument and Monument Case Specifications
The standard monument is a five-eighths by thirty inch (5/8" x 30") iron rebar with a two inch
(2") aluminum cap attached. The monument case shall conform to AASHTO M-105, Class 30A
or DOT/PF Standard Drawing M-16.01. The case shall be coated with coal-tar pitch varnish.
The top of the case shall be installed flush with the pavement surface. The top of a monument
installed in a case shall be four-tenths feet (0.4’) below the top of the case.
5. Request to Install Additional Monumentation
The Owner may request that additional monumentation be established and installed.
Additional monumentation is extra to the project and not identified in the Contract
Documents. The monuments would be established and installed according to SubArticles B.1 General and B.4 – Standard Monument and Monument Case Specifications above. This Work
is governed by a separate pay item in the Bid Schedule and is separate from the lump sum
construction survey pay item listed in Article 2.16. The measurement for this pay item is
identified in Article 2.15 Method of Measurement.
C. Project Control Accuracy
1. Horizontal Control
The maximum permissible linear error allowed in establishing horizontal control is 1:10,000
feet. The maximum error allowed in unadjusted angular closure shall be calculated by the
formula "15 times the square root of N." The term "N" signifies the number of transit setups in
a traverse and "15" signifies fifteen seconds.
2. Vertical Control
Vertical datum shall originate from the MOA Benchmark Network or NGS Vertical Level Line
System. All level circuits run to establish temporary bench marks shall have an accuracy no
less than the value computed by the equation (three-hundredths feet (0.03’) times the square
root of the distancein miles). Foresights and backsights shall be balanced. The maximum
sighting distance shall not exceed three hundred feet (300’). All leveling circuits establishing
TBMs will be adjusted utilizing recognized standard surveying adjustment methods. Side shots
to establish an elevation on
TBMs will not be allowed.
A minimum of two known bench marks shall be utilized when establishing TBMs to verify
correct elevation information. A sufficient number of TBMs shall be set to control a project
with a maximum spacing of eight hundred feet (800’) between marks. Typically, a TBM should
not be greater than two hundred feet (200’) outside the construction limits of the project. All
TBMs shall be located and be comprised of sufficient materials such that their integrity will not
be compromised throughout the life of the project.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 84 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
D. Construction Centerline
1. Establish Centerline
The construction centerline location and stationing shall conform to that shown on the
Drawings. Any errors found in the line shall be corrected and shown on the specific plan view
with reference to the centerline stationing. If control points do not exist they shall be
established and referenced so that the line can be readily re-established when required. A
minimum of two reference points shall be established to reference each project control point
or monument. Each reference point shall be visible to the other reference point. The method
of referencing control points shall be done in accordance to the Standard Details of these
specifications. Reference points shall be placed at locations where there is the least possibility
of their being disturbed during the construction period. Measurements and sketches of the
reference points shall be kept in the horizontal control survey field book.
2. Check Existing Ground Profile
A centerline profile shall be run prior to establishing construction grade stakes. The existing
ground elevations shall be checked against the existing profile elevations shown on the
Drawings to verify design grade relative to the existing ground conditions. The Contractor
shall review the centerline profile information and immediately notify the Engineer of any
elevations that do not match the plan profile information. The Engineer will direct the
Contractor how to proceed.
Article 2.2 Field Notes
Not Applicable
Article 2.3 Party Chief's Daily Diary
Not Applicable
Article 2.4 Clearing and Grubbing Stakes
The Contractor shall stake the clearing and grubbing limits as shown on the Drawings and/or as directed
by the Engineer. If possible, stakes shall be adjusted to avoid sharp breaks in the width of the clearing
line. The staking of clearing limits shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of the clearing
operations.
Distances shall be measured to the nearest foot and standard lath/flagging shall be placed to clearly
designate the intended limits. Intervals for placement of lath/flagging shall vary based on the terrain and
foliage density, with a minimum of fifty feet (50’) and no greater than one hundred feet (100’) between
lath. In areas of heavy timber, clearing stakes shall be placed to avoid leaving trees on the clearing line.
If, as the Work progresses, revisions are required to the originally staked clearing distances, the revisions
shall be duly noted in the field notes.
Article 2.5 Cross Sections
The Contractor shall perform all cross sections necessary for determination of excavation and fill or
backfill quantities, including intermediate and/or re-measure cross sections as may be required. Cross
sections shall be required before excavation activity begins unless otherwise specified. When clearing and
grubbing work is included in the contract the original cross sections shall be taken immediately after
grubbing work is complete. Cross sections measured for pay quantities shall clearly identify in the field
notes whether the Work was done before excavation or after excavation. When both usable and unusable
excavation are a part of the project, the limits of usable or unusable materials shall be clearly identified in
the cross sections, in the field book.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 85 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
A. Methods and Procedures
1. Equipment
Cross sections may be accomplished with 1) an engineers level, 2) a self compensating
surveyor's level, or 3) an electronic (laser) level, or 4) by electronic data collection and radial
survey method. Neither radial methods nor electronic leveling shall be employed without prior
approval from the Engineer. When radial methods or electronic leveling methods are used the
survey shall comply with or exceed the accuracy established in this article. Conditions under
which these methods may be used shall be discussed at the initial pre-construction meeting
with the Engineer. For radial methods see Article 2.13 - Electronic Data Collection and Radial
Surveys.
2. Procedure and Accuracy
When an engineering level, self compensating surveyor's level, or an electronic (laser) level is
used, cross sections shall be taken perpendicular to the centerline along tangents and on
radial lines along curves. A right angle prism shall be used to determine perpendiculars. The
height of the instruments (H.I.'s) shall be recorded to the nearest hundredth of a foot (0.01’).
All cross sectioning work shall be part of a closed level loop. If only one TBM is used the level
set-up shall be broken and a different instrument height obtained before closing into the same
TBM. The maximum allowable error for level loops used for cross sectioning shall be three
hundredths of a
foot (0.03’). Cross section readings shall be recorded to the nearest tenth of a foot (0.1’).
Horizontal measures shall be recorded and accurate to the nearest tenth of a foot (0.1’). Work
shall not be paid for if it does not meet the stated accuracy requirements.
3. Original Ground Measures
Cross section measures of original ground shall be taken at each fifty foot (50’) station as
indicated on the Drawings. Intermediate stations shall be measured by cross section wherever
grade breaks occur. Additional cross sections shall be taken at stations to include quantities
measurement of retaining walls, drainage structures, etc. Elevation shots for original ground
cross sections shall be taken at the centerline of construction according to the Drawings and
as a minimum, at the following points perpendicular to and on each side of the centerline:
• grade breaks
• edge of pavement
• curb and gutter
• shoulder of road
• toe of slope
• centerline of ditch
• top of bank
• all other physical features within the project limits. In areas where overbreak or slides are
anticipated, sections shall be extended out from centerline to include the anticipated disturbed
ground area.
4. After Excavation Measures
Cross sections shall be taken at the same stations as the original ground cross sections.
Elevation shall be for the bottom, sides and top of excavation at the following points on each
side and perpendicular to the centerline:
•
•
•
•
centerline
grade breaks
toe of excavation
top edge of cut
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 86 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
• original ground at a minimum of ten feet (10’) beyond the limits of excavation.
Work not meeting these requirements shall not be accepted by the Engineer
for payment.
B. Notification Prior To Cross Section Work
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer twenty-four (24) hours prior to conducting any survey
measurements involving pay quantities. The Contractor shall obtain approval of the excavation from the
Engineer prior to taking cross sections and shall provide the Engineer the opportunity to be present
during the survey. Pay quantity Work done without the Engineer's notification and approval, or any Work
covered up before proper remeasure is made, shall be just cause for non-payment.
Article 2.6 Slope Stakes
Slope stakes shall be required for each cross section station and at additional intervals such as points of
curvature and tangency of curves, street intersections, vertical curve intermediate stations to include the
high or low point of the curve, and at grade breaks. The stakes are to be set at points where the cut or
fill slopes intersect the surface of original ground.
Staking notes shall record the location of the slope stake in relation to the construction centerline, the
existing elevation shot at the catch point, the planned elevation that the slope stake is identifying, what
level of the design prism the catch point is identifying (i.e., top of unclassified fill, top of subbase, etc.),
the percent of slope for cut/fill, the distance to point slope staked, and the station of the slope stake.
The information to be shown on a slope stake is as follows:
• distance from the catch point to the point being staked.
• percent of slope of the cut/fill.
• amount of cut/fill.
• stake's location in reference to the centerline.
• centerline station of the slope stake written on the back of the stake.
The use of hand levels for setting slope stakes shall be limited to one turning point up or down from the
instrument to the catch point. Hand level turning points shall be clearly noted in the field book.
A reference stake shall be set for each slope stake. The reference stake shall be set a minimum of ten
feet (10’) and a maximum of fifteen feet (15’) beyond the slope stake. The reference stake shall re-state
the slope stake information in the event the slope stake is disturbed or destroyed. A hub shall be driven
flush with the ground at the reference stake and all elevations and distances referenced to the hub.
Article 2.7 Grade Stakes
A. Cut or Fill Stakes
Vertical cut/fill stakes shall be used where the design prism does not contain sloped shoulders and
ditches and a slope stake would not be needed. The cut/fill stake shall be comprised of a standard
wooden hub driven flush with ground surface and accompanied by a guard lath with the following
information written on it:
• amount of cut or fill
• distance to the point of cut/fill from the hub
• description of the cut or filled type, i.e. subgrade, top classified
• offset distance from construction centerline to the cut/fill point
• centerline station written on the back of the lath of cut/fill point
• elevation of the top of hub.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 87 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Cuts shall be given to the nearest tenth of a foot (0.1’). Elevations of the top of hubs shall be given to
the nearest hundredth of a foot (0.01’). Stakes shall be required at each fifty foot (50’) station
identified on the Drawings and at additional intervals such as points of curvature and tangency of
curves, street intersections, vertical curve intermediate stations to include the high or low point of the
curve, and at grade breaks. A record of the cut/fill, the design grade, the distance offset from
centerline, the centerline station and the type of cut/fill being staked shall be written in the survey
field book.
B. Finish Grade
Grade hubs shall be set to verify that the road prism is at the correct elevation prior to the placement
of leveling course material. Wooden hubs, painted or topped with colored whiskers, shall be set at the
top of classified fill, within two hundredths of a foot tolerance (0.02’). Stationing shall be fifty feet
(50’) on tangent and twentyfive feet (25’) on curves unless the Engineer approves otherwise. All grade
breaks, vertical curve intermediate points to include the high/low point of the curve, PC and PT of
horizontal curves, and street intersections shall be staked.
Hubs shall be established on the centerline of the road prism as a minimum where poured curb and
gutter is incorporated into the designed road prism. Otherwise, hubs shall be established at the
shoulder of the designed road prism, as well as the centerline of the road prism.
When parking aprons are staked, hubs shall be set on a fifty foot (50’) grid pattern unless approved
otherwise by the Engineer. The field book shall contain the centerline station, the design finish grade
elevation of the point staked, the elevation of the hub, and a description of the material being staked.
Article 2.8 Drainage Facilities
The location, type, size, length, and invert elevations for drainage facilities are given on the Drawings.
Minor changes in locations and grades to meet existing field conditions may be made where necessary,
but only with the approval of the Engineer. If the planned design grade is found to be unworkable in the
field, the Engineer shall be notified immediately and all grade staking of the facility shall cease until
further notice from the Engineer.
A. Storm Drains, Cleanouts, Outfalls, Catch Basins, Oil and Grease Separators, Culverts
A ground line profile shall be run directly above the centerline of the pipe before trenching occurs. The
line and grade for storm drain pipe shall be given from reference hubs offset from each manhole,
catch basin, angle point, outfall or cleanout. Reference hubs for culvert installation shall be offset from
the pipe ends on the extended centerline of the culvert. One reference hub is required at each end of
a culvert. Guard stakes shall be provided for each hub and shall identify the following information:
• station
• size, length and type of pipe
• the amount of cut or fill from the top of the hub to the invert at the end of the pipe
• the horizontal distance from the reference hub to the center of a manhole, cleanout, catch basin,
angle point in a pipe, outfall or end of a culvert pipe.
For each structure, the field book shall show the location, type, and size of the structure with a staking
diagram showing all distances and pertinent elevations. Two (2) reference hubs shall be set for each
manhole, cleanout, catch basin, angle point, and outfall. The reference hubs shall be offset no greater
than twenty-five feet (25’) from the facility they are referencing.
B. Headwalls
Headwalls for storm drains and culverts shall be staked by setting a hub accompanied by a guard
stake on each side of the storm drain or culvert. The hubs shall be on line with the face of the
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 88 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
headwall, or as directed by the Engineer. An elevation shall be established on the hubs and written on
the guard stake along with the offset distance to the center of the headwall.
C. Dikes and Ditches
Dikes/ditches shall be staked to the alignment, grade and slopes shown on the Drawings.
Dikes/ditches shall be slope staked to the shoulder or flow line of the improvement with distances
referenced to the improvement centerline. The criteria outlined in Article 2.6 – Slope Stakes shall
govern the establishment of slope stakes for this Work.
D. Riprap and Slope Protection
All rip rap and slope protection shall be staked as soon as possible after the pipe, fill, channel change
or dike has been constructed. Slope stakes shall be set if needed. See Article 2.6 – Slope Stakes for
slope staking criteria.
E. Curb and Gutter
Reference stakes shall be set at even fifty foot (50’) stations on tangents as shown on the Drawings.
Horizontal curves shall be staked on even twenty-five foot (25’) stations. All grade breaks, PVCs, PVTs,
low points and high points on vertical curves shall also be staked. A hub and tack shall be set at an
offset distance of three feet (3’) to the top back of curb. A lath will be set behind the hub and tack
with the offset distance marked below the offset and the station marked on the back of the lath. The
cut and fill will be to the top back-of-curb within three hundredths of a foot (0.03’). All radius points at
curb returns will be staked and additional stakes set breaking up the arc of the curve between curb
returns. If valley gutters are to be built, they shall be staked and referenced.
Article 2.9 Water Systems
The Contractor shall stake in the field the alignment and grade for Work to be done under the Contract.
Two (2) offset hubs and lath shall be set for each tee, hydrant, water service, valve, angle point, and
grade break in the alignment. The lath shall identify the feature being staked and state the elevation of
the hub, the offset distance to the center of the feature, and the station of the feature as shown on the
Drawings. The offsets shall be set at a reasonable distance to protect them from disturbance.
The Contractor shall be responsible for, and pay all costs for, the transfer of the control points from the
reference hubs to such hubs or batter boards as required for the prosecution of the Work. An original
ground line profile directly above the water line shall be run prior to excavation. The ground line profile
refers to the elevation of the ground directly above the centerline of pipe and the grade line refers to the
elevation of the bottom of pipe, except where otherwise noted. The field notes shall record the profile,
the hub elevations, offset of the hubs, and the station of the feature being staked.
Article 2.10 Sanitary Sewer Systems
Line and grade for sanitary sewer pipe shall be given from a minimum of two reference hubs for each
manhole, outfall or cleanout. Guard stakes shall be provided for each hub showing the information
necessary to construct the facility. The minimum information to be shown on the reference stakes and in
the field book is as follows:
•
•
•
•
centerline of pipe station.
size and type of pipe.
cut or fill from the hub to the invert at the end of the pipe.
offset distance from the hub to the end of the pipe or center of the structure.
Article 2.11 Major Structures
Construction survey procedures shall be reviewed by the Engineer prior to commencing any construction
staking. The Engineer's review and approval of survey procedures is required prior to commencing
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 89 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
construction activities for major structures including bridges, docks, piers, piling foundations, drainage
control facilities and large buildings.
Horizontal and vertical control for the project shall be verified by the Contractor prior to any construction
activity. The Contractor shall verify existing field elevations where planned foundations, pilings, piers and
support structures are to be placed prior to any construction activity. The Contractor shall verify depth of
water and existing ocean or lake bottom elevations for all dock and pier construction prior to commencing
pile driving and excavation activity. If any discrepancies are found between the Contract documents and
existing conditions the Contractor shall inform the Engineer immediately.
Article 2.12 Miscellaneous Construction
The Contractor shall provide sufficient stakes for adequate control of all structures and incidental
construction not specifically covered above. A staking diagram with respect to centerline and
measurements for pay quantities shall be maintained in the field notes. Other items such as horizontal
and vertical control shall be shown in the field book and shall be governed by procedures established in
previous articles of this Specification.
Article 2.13 Electronic Data Collection and Radial Surveys
Data gathered by electronic data collection or by radial methods shall be submitted in AutoCAD drawing
file format to be determined by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be guided by the following
specifications:
A. A standard field book shall be used to record the date of survey, weather conditions, instrumentation
and data collector used, crew, project description and sketches, listing of horizontal and vertical control
points used and established, and other information needed to set up the reconstruction of the survey.
B. A printout of the unedited output from the data collector or a copy of the radial field book entries to
include: code descriptors, horizontal circle information, vertical circle information based on zenith, and
slope distance expressed in feet. A sheet containing the explanation of the codes used to identify the
various shots.
C. A printout of the reduced and adjusted data represented by point number, station left or right of
centerline, elevation, descriptor and coordinates of the point.
D. A plot drawing, showing the control points used, points occupied and the radial observations
expressed by point number.
E. All cross section data shall be submitted in an unedited points file so it can be independently run
through a DTM program by the Engineer.
F. A cross section plot of each station shall be submitted to the Engineer for
verification showing the following information:
•
•
•
•
•
centerline or control line and station.
point of elevation and offset from centerline.
design grade road template with superimposed before and after excavation surfaces.
quantity of cut or fill expressed in cubic yards.
summary table of each sections cut or fill and total amount of quantities expressed in cubic yards.
Article 2.14 As-built Surveys and Record Drawings
As-built survey measurements shall be required for all constructed facilities and improvements to confirm
the dimensions, lines, grades, locations, or materials as shown on the Drawings. Survey measurements
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 90 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
shall be taken, field notes shall be kept, and accuracy shall be attained in accordance with this Division.
As-built information shall be marked on a clean set of full-size paper copy Drawings and be submitted to
the Engineer at the completion of construction activity. When Record Drawings are to be submitted on
the original mylar Drawings, the As-builts recorded on the paper copy Drawings shall be transferred to
the mylar and both the paper copy and mylars submitted to the Engineer. The Drawings shall be clearly
stamped "Record Drawings." No final project payment will be made to the Contractor until the Record
Drawings have been submitted to and approved by the Engineer.
The following abbreviations shall be used on the Record Drawings to denote a deviation
from the Drawings:
ASB "As-Built" - The actual horizontal, vertical, dimension, or quantity measured by
survey after it has been constructed.
F.C. "Field Change" - Revision or change of original design made in the field.
"DELETED" - Not constructed.
Minimum requirements for construction of Record Drawings:
• When original mylar Drawings are used for Record Drawing purposes, all As-built information shall be in
drafting ink and all information shall conform in size, type, and scale to the original. No stick-on
information adhesives shall be accepted on the original mylars submitted for filing of Record Drawings.
• When paper copies are used for record Drawing purposes, As-built Work shall be marked in red ink or
red pencil to clearly identify the changes to the original design.
• A straight line drawn through stationing, elevations, and notes shall show a change, deletion, or
omission and shall be followed with the appropriate symbol.
• Storm sewer, water, sanitary sewer, gas lines, or any construction that has been deleted or relocated
will be crosshatched.
• Crossed out information should still remain legible.
• The scale of new gas lines, water, sewer, or any new construction not shown should conform to the
scale of the drawings.
• Reference information used to prepare Record Drawings, such as change orders, and field books, shall
be noted on the drawings.
• Profile changes will be made with elevations or stationing only. The profile line need not be re-drawn
unless the change is significant.
• As-builts for water, sewer, gas lines, and storm drain systems shall be accurate within three-hundredths
feet (0.03’) vertically and one-half feet (0.5’) horizontally. As-built Information shall be referenced to
existing subdivision survey control and/or monumented centerline of the right-of-way control.
• As-builts for structures shall be accurate to within one-half inch (1/2”) vertically and horizontally.
• The name of the Record Drawing preparer, the employer, and the date of the preparation shall appear
in the appropriate title block on each Record Drawing sheet.
The construction of Record Drawings is incidental to other Work and no measurement or payment shall
be made.
Article 2.15 Method of Measurement
The method of measurement for surveying services shall be a lump sum cost item on the bid schedule.
The lump sum cost for Construction Survey Measurement shall include all project control, project staking,
Items within 65.01 and quantities measurement for payment by unit price Work as required by the
Contract Documents.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 91 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
The measurement for Existing Monument and Lot Corner Search shall be a lump sum bid item measured
at the time of completion of the establishment of project staking of centerline control. Contractor shall
submit field book notes to the Engineer for the Owner’s review and approval of the pay item.
For bid schedule item, Two-Person Survey Crew, the measurement will be the cost per hour for a crew.
The item, Two-Person Survey Crew, shall be used only for extra, additional, or unanticipated Work
required for changes in the project as directed by the Engineer. Additional survey Work requiring one
survey person shall be paid at forty-five forty-five percent (45%) of the bid amount per hour of a twoperson crew. The item One- Person Survey Crew shall be used only for extra, additional, or unanticipated
Work required for changes in the Project as directed by the Engineer.
For bid schedule item "Survey Monument Installed," the measurement shall be the cost to purchase the
materials and install a monument per Article 2.1, SubArticle B.4 – Standard Monument and Monument
Case Specifications. When the bid schedule contains an item "Survey Monument Installed in Monument
Case," the measurement shall be the cost to purchase the materials and install a monument in a
monument case, per Article 2.1, SubArticle B.4 – Standard Monument and Monument Case Specifications.
Computer time is incidental to other Work and will not be measured. Certified payrolls and daily time
records are required for all Work to be measured by the hour and survey monuments installed.
Article 2.16 Basis of Payment
Payment for this item shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and Payment
and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section.
Payment shall be made under the following units:
ITEM
UNIT
Construction Survey Measurement
Survey Monument Installed in Monument Case
Survey Monument and Lot Corner Installed
Two-Person Survey Crew
Existing Monument and Lot Corner Search
Lump Sum
Each
Each
Hour
Lump Sum
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 92 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 70.10 TRAFFIC MARKINGS
Delete the Section and add the following in its place:
Article 10.1 General
The Work under this Section shall consist of performing all operations pertaining to furnishing all
materials; placing painted traffic markings and applying glass spheres thereto. Contractor shall provide all
Work in accordance with these specifications; at the locations shown on the Drawings; the Manual of
Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), and the Alaska Traffic Manual.
Article 10.2 Materials
A.
Paint for Traffic Markings - General Requirements
1. The Contractor shall furnish the name of the company that will manufacture the paint and the
location of the plant from where shipments will be made. No material shall be shipped by the
manufacturer until it has been sampled, tested, and approved.
2. Traffic Lane Paint shall conform to one of the following Specifications:
a. AASHTO M248, Type F (Alkyd Resin), or
b. FSS TT-P-19D(1) Paint, Latex (Acrylic Emulsion, Exterior), or
c. The current State of Alaska DOT&PF maintenance specification for pavement marking
paint.
B.
Glass Spheres for Reflectorizing Highway Pavement Markings
Reflective Glass Beads shall conform to AASHTO M247 Type 1, and shall be supplied with a
moisture-resistant coating.
C.
Temporary Pavement Marking Tape –
Self adhesive
Article 10.3 Construction
A.
General
Temporary traffic marking shall be installed as soon as possible after paving is completed to
facilitate traffic. Painted Traffic markings shall not be installed until after 30 days from the date of
paving.
B.
Paint Color
All pavement markings shall conform to the colors shown on the Drawings.
C.
Preparation of Surface
Paint will not be applied to pavements which are excessively dirty, damp, or cold. Paint shall not
be applied when the pavement temperature is less than forty degree Fahrenheit (40°F). All dirt,
oil, grease, and other foreign matter shall be removed from the areas of the pavement upon
which the traffic markings are to be painted by a method approved by the Engineer.
D.
Types of Lines
The type and color of the lines shall be as shown on the Drawings.
E.
Width of Lines
The width and spacing of all lines shall be shown on the Drawings.
F.
Application
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 93 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
1. Paint
a. Remove all dirt, oil, grease, and other foreign matter from the surfaces to be
painted in a satisfactory manner.
b. Apply the paint at the rate of 80 ft2/gal (approximately 20 mils wet film
thickness). This rate is effectively 22 gallons of paint per mile of solid 4-inch stripe. A
tolerance not to exceed 10% is allowed for film thickness or yield.
c. Use approved equipment for highway lane striping that is specifically designed and
manufactured for that purpose by a company experienced in the design and
manufacture of such equipment. Minimum requirements include the capability of
striping two 4-inch yellow centerlines and one 4-inch white edge line simultaneously.
Apply markings with clear-cut edges, true and smooth alignment, and uniform film
thickness.
2. Glass Beads
Glass beads shall be applied over the wet painted stripes in a uniform pattern at the rate of five
pounds (6 lbs) of glass beads per gallon of paint. The bead dispensers shall be of a type that will
mechanically and automatically give such performance. Glass beads shall be applied to all painted
traffic markings by the drop-on method.
G. Pavement Marking Removal
Pavement markings shall be removed to the fullest extent possible from the pavement by any
method that does not materially damage the surface or texture of the pavement or surfacing.
Sand or other material deposited on the pavement as a result of removing traffic stripes and
markings shall be removed as the Work progresses. Accumulations of sand or other material
which might interfere with drainage or might constitute a hazard to traffic are not permitted.
Pavement markings no longer applicable which may create confusion in the minds of motorists
shall be removed or obliterated before any change is made in the traffic pattern. Painting over
markings is prohibited.
Pavement markings shall be removed by such methods that will cause the least possible damage
to the pavement or surfacing. Any damage to the pavement or surfacing caused by pavement
marking removal shall be repaired by the Contractor at his expense by acceptable methods.
Where blast cleaning is used for the removal of pavement markings or for removal of
objectionable material, and such removal operation is being performed within ten feet (10’) of a
lane occupied by public traffic, the residue, including dust shall be removed immediately after
contact between the sand and the surface being treated. Such removal shall be by a vacuum
attachment operating concurrently with the blast cleaning operation, or by other approved
methods.
H. Preliminary Spotting
The Contractor will provide the necessary control points at intervals including all changes of
direction and changes in the basic configuration of striping such as at the beginning and ending
of no-passing zones on a two-way, two-lane roadway. These points shall be used in preliminary
spotting of lines before striping is commenced. The Contractor shall be responsible for
preliminary spotting of the lines to be painted and he must obtain approval from the Engineer for
all spotting before striping may begin. Preliminary spotting is required for all longitudinal striping.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 94 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
I. Tolerances of Lane Striping
The Contractor shall keep his work within the following allowable tolerances:
1. Length of Stripe. The longitudinal error within a forty foot (40’) length of laneline shall not be
more than plus or minus six inches (±6”).
2. Width of Stripe. The width of stripe shall not vary more than plus or minus one-half inch
(±1/2”).
3. Lane Width. The width of lanes shall not vary more than plus or minus four inches (±4”)
from the widths shown on the Drawings, measured from the edge of pavement or edge of
traveled way to center of lane line or between the centers of adjacent lane lines.
4. 4. Stripes on Tangents. Stripes on tangents shall not vary more than plus or minus one inch
(1”) laterally within a distance of one hundred feet (100’) when using the edge of the stripe
as reference.
5. 5. Stripes on Curves. Stripes on curves shall be uniform in alignment with no apparent
deviations from the true curvature.
6. 6. All Stripes. All stripes shall remain within four inches (4”) from the planed alignment when
measured to the center of the stripe.
7. 7. Inlay Slot. The inlay slot shall be a minimum of two hundred and fifty (250) mils and a
maximum of two hundred and ninety (290) mils.
Traffic markings not within the above tolerances will be considered unacceptable under this
Section and shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Municipality.
Article 10.4 Measurement
Traffic markings shall be measured by linear foot of traffic marking of the specified width and color
complete in place and accepted. Temporary traffic markings are incidental to this contract. Traffic
markings consisting of words and symbols shall be paid per item complete in place and accepted.
Removal of traffic stripes and pavement markings as well as repair of any damaged pavement or
surfacing caused by the pavement marking removal operations shall be incidental to other items of Work.
Payment for traffic markings is full compensation for preparing and cleaning of pavement, application of
painted traffic markings and applying glass beads or spheres thereto, furnishing paint, glass beads, and
all other material and equipment necessary to complete the Work described in this Section.
Article 10.5 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10, Section 10.07 - Measurement and
Payment, and shall include full payment for all Work described in this Section.
Payment shall be made under the following unit:
ITEM
Traffic Markings (Type) (width)
Traffic Markings (Type) (words & symbols)
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
UNIT
Linear Foot
Each
Page 95 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 90.01 DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION OF WORK
Article 1.1 Description
The work contemplated by the Drawings and these specifications consists of furnishing all labor,
materials, plants, equipment and skills required for the complete construction of the following:
1.
Remove and dispose of existing asphalt pavement.
3.
Backfill traffic way with leveling course as required.
4.
Adjust existing manholes and valve boxes to finish grade.
5.
Furnish and install 3” thick asphalt paving.
6.
Paint traffic markings.
7.
Incidental items of work as shown on the Drawings.
Article 1.2 Location
The project is located on Wilson Lane between the intersections of Binkley Street and Kobuk Ave., all
within the City of Soldotna, Alaska, where shown on the Drawings.
SECTION 90.02 COMPLETION DATES FOR WORK ITEMS
The Contractor shall commence work no later than August 15, 2016 and be completed by September 30,
2016.
SECTION 90.03 MUNICIPALITY OF ANCHORAGE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
This contract is subject to and hereby incorporates by reference the Municipality of Anchorage Standard
Specifications, 2009 Edition. Additions, deletions and amendments to the Standard Specifications are
included in these Special Provisions, Modifications to the Standard Specifications, and in the
Supplementary Conditions.
SECTION 90.04 TRAFFIC MAINTENANCE
Article 4.1 Description
Completion of this project will require work in right of way.
This work shall consist of the necessary measures to protect and maintain traffic during the life of the
contract, including the furnishing of such personnel, equipment and traffic control devices as may be
required to insure the safety of the traveling public.
This contract is subject to and hereby incorporates by reference the requirements of the Alaska
Department of Transportation and Public Facilities Standard Specifications for Highway Construction ,
2002 edition Section 643 Traffic Maintenance, hereafter referred to as ADOT-643.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 96 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Article 4.2 Notification
Contractor shall notify the City a minimum ten days prior to beginning work in the right of way. The
Contractor shall provide written copies of such notification to the Owner.
Article 4.3 Traffic Control Plan (TCP)
The Contractor shall provide a Traffic Control Plan, in accordance with ADOT-643, to indicate sequential
steps to be followed during construction in order to maintain traffic flow and safety. The Contractor shall
follow procedures that will result in a safe facility for public vehicular and pedestrian traffic.
The Traffic Control Plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for review 14 days prior to beginning work on
the project. Contractor shall provide copies of the approved TCP to the Owner a minimum of 2 days prior
to beginning work on the project.
The Contractor may be allowed to modify the TCP. Any modifications to the TCP shall be submitted in
writing for approval within ten (10) days of receipt of the Notice to Proceed. Changes in the TCP
resulting from unforeseen circumstances may be allowed during construction provided forty-eight (48)
hours are allowed for review. Contractor shall provide copies of the approved changes to the Owner a
minimum of 2 days prior to beginning work under the changed TCP.
Article 4.3 Lane Closure Permit (LCP)
The Contractor shall obtain a Lane Closure Permit from the City of Soldotna for work within thirty feet
(30’) of the traveled way. The application for LCP shall include a Traffic Control Plan, detailing the traffic
control devices required and their placement. Contractor shall provide copies of the approved LCP to the
Owner a minimum of 2 days prior to beginning work on the project.
Article 4.4 Materials, Devices, and Equipment
All traffic control devices necessary to fulfill the requirements of the specifications, including construction
signs and barricades, shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall be considered incidental to Pay Item
No. 90.04.
Article 4.5 Construction Requirements
a. General
The Contractor shall maintain the work during construction and until the work is accepted in accordance
with these specifications. This maintenance shall be a continuous and effective effort, prosecuted on a
day by day basis, with adequate equipment and personnel provided to enable the roadway and structures
to be maintained in a safe and satisfactory condition for the traveling public at all times. The Contractor
shall be liable for all damage or injuries suffered due to the Contractor's operations or by the Contractor's
failure to provide adequate traffic safety, maintenance or restoration services.
At the Pre-construction Conference, the Contractor shall furnish a complete Traffic Control Plan for
approval by the Engineer. The Traffic Control Plan shall contain the detailed procedures the Contractor
proposes to implement. This plan shall include as a minimum; the type of signs to be erected; the
location and type of barricades for all street closures; location and time period for planned street
closures; location and type of signs and/or flagging for lane closures. No work shall be started prior to
approval of the Traffic Control Plan. The Contractor shall give 48 hours notification to the Engineer
before starting any work that might inconvenience the traveling public or change existing travel patterns.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 97 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
The TCP may be modified, subject to approval by the Engineer as construction progresses. The
Contractor shall give 48 hours notification to the Engineer prior to implementing changes to the TCP.
Unless otherwise provided, the roadway undergoing improvements shall be kept open to all traffic by the
Contractor. All locations requiring redirection or stopping of the traveling public shall be properly signed
and/or flagged by the Contractor. The Contractor's equipment shall stop at all points of intersection with
the traveling public unless satisfactory traffic control measures, approved in writing, are installed and
maintained at the Contractor's expense.
Construction shall be conducted so as to cause as little inconvenience as possible to owners of abutting
property. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in a safe passable condition temporary approaches,
crossings and intersections with trails, streets, businesses, parking lots, residences, garages and farms.
When the abutting owners access road across the right-of-way line is to be eliminated and replaced
under the contract, the existing access shall not be closed until the replacement access facility is
available, unless previous permission is granted in writing from the affected party and copies of written
permission are provided to the Engineer prior to closing access.
Open trenches, ditches, pavement edge drop-offs and other excavations and hazardous areas shall be
protected with barricades and shall be delineated.
When the Contractor is required to maintain traffic by grading roadway excavation and embankment
areas, the construction shall be conducted in such a manner as to provide a reasonably smooth and even
surface satisfactory for use by public traffic at all times. The surface of the roadbed shall be properly
crowned for drainage. In advance of other grading operations, sufficient fill shall be placed at culverts
and bridges to permit traffic to cross unimpeded. Part width construction techniques shall be employed
when the traffic is routed through roadway cuts or over embankments under construction. The material
shall be excavated or placed in layers and the construction activities shall be alternated from one side to
the other.
b. Construction Signing
The Contractor shall furnish and erect, remove and move, series C construction signs, construction
barricades and/or temporary guide markers and pavement marking as required and directed by the
Engineer. The Contract shall also safely inform and direct the traveling public and to satisfy legal
requirements. All construction signs shall be kept clean, mounted at the required height and placed to be
effective day and night. All signs and markers shall indicate actual existing conditions and shall be
moved, removed, relocated or changed immediately as directed to reflect changed conditions. The
Contractor shall provide signage to direct the public to businesses located along the project.
c.
Traffic Control Devices.
The Contractor shall furnish and erect, remove and move, Traffic Control Devices as required and as
directed by the Engineer. All Traffic Control Devices shall be kept in suitable working condition through
the duration of use on the project.
Article 4.6 Measurement
Traffic maintenance shall be lump sum for all work required by this section.
Article 4.7 Basis of Payment
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 98 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Payment for this Work shall be in accordance with Division 10 – Standard General Provisions, Section
10.07 – Measurement and Payment, of these specifications, and shall include full payment for all work
described in Section 90.04.
Payment shall be made under the following unit:
ITEM
Traffic Maintenance
UNIT
Lump Sum
SECTION 90.05 CONTRACTOR WORK AND STORAGE AREAS
The Contractor shall make arrangements for areas and facilities needed by Contractor for the storage of
materials, supplies and equipment, parking, and other activities. Security for such areas shall be the sole
responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall hold the Owner harmless from all claims or
complaints arising from the use of such areas. The Contractor may store equipment within the project
area during construction. The contractor will not be allowed to store equipment within the State Right of
Way.
SECTION 90.07 EXISTING SURVEY MONUMENTS
Survey monuments and rebars marking road centerline shown on the plans or located and marked by the
Engineer shall be carefully preserved from damage or disturbance by the Contractor. If the Contractor
disturbs monuments needlessly or without his having established proper reference points, the Contractor
shall pay all costs for proper replacement of the monument. Upon completion of construction the
Contractor shall have the survey monuments and property corners reinstalled in their original location
under the supervision of an Alaska Registered Land Surveyor, who shall provide a written certification
verifying that all such monuments and property corners have been reinstalled in their original location.
SECTION 90.08 COORDINATION WITH OTHER PROJECTS
The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with other contractors who are known or expected to be
working on City property or within the project work limits.
SECTION 90.09 EXISTING STRUCTURES
Existing signs, gates and barriers which lie within areas of excavation shall be carefully removed,
protected, saved and reinstalled in their original position by the Contractor, unless directed otherwise, in
writing, by the Engineer. All damage to such items resulting from the Contractor's operations shall be
repaired at the Contractor's expense.
This item shall be considered incidental to other items of work in the Project and no separate payment
will be considered or paid therefore.
SECTION 90.10 WATER FOR COMPACTION OR DUST CONTROL
The City may, upon written request, supply the Contractor with limited quantities of water to be used for
construction activities within this project. The Contractor shall use only an approved hydrant wrench,
operate the fire hydrant in manner approved by the City Water and Fire Department, remove the hose
when not in use, and notify the Fire Department of any extended periods of non-use to enable the
hydrant to be pumped out. Such use of City water supply, if approved by the City, shall only occur
during low water usage periods as determined by the Engineer.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 99 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 90.11 BID SCHEDULES
The schedule of work that is presented in the Bid Proposal for the Project is as follows:
BASIC BID SCHEDULE: All work required by the Contract Documents for construction of Wilson Lane
Rehabilitation and Additive Alternates as awarded.
SECTION 90.12 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND SEQUENCE
The Contractor will be required to complete in entirety and submit a construction schedule in bar graph
form. The following list is not all inclusive. Contractor’s schedule shall address all bid items.
No work shall be allowed to proceed until this schedule has been approved. The schedule shall be
submitted at the pre-construction meeting. Failure to submit a satisfactory schedule prior to beginning
excavation will constitute sufficient grounds for the Owner to stop work. All costs such as for delays or
other claims resulting from such a stop work order shall be borne by the Contractor at no expense to the
City.
SECTION 90.13 NON-PAY ITEMS
On the Drawing there are minor work items which are incidental and are not designated as pay items. No
separate payment will be made to the Contractor for these items, and all compensation received for
performance of these items shall be included by the Contractor in his unit bid price for listed contract bid
items.
The Contractor shall provide areas off the project site for the disposal of unusable excavation. It shall be
the sole responsibility of the Contractor to obtain the permission of the owner(s) of the disposal areas for
the use of such area(s) by the Contractor and at no additional cost to the City. The Contractor shall hold
the City harmless from all claims or complaints arising from the use of any disposal area.
SECTION 90.15 EXISTING UTILITIES IN CONSTRUCTION ZONE
Article 15.1 Description
This item shall consist of providing all labor, materials, equipment, supervision and other means
necessary to work around, protect, and preserve in place, or relocate if necessary, existing utilities
including natural gas, telephone, electrical power, and cable television.
The following utility companies have existing buried and overhead facilities on the project site that will be
encountered during excavation for the project and that may require removal of material over, under and
adjacent to the existing utility:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Enstar Natural Gas Company (gas)
Alaska Communication Services (telephone)
Homer Electric Association (electric)
GCI (cable tv).
Article 15.2 Materials
All utilities damaged by the Contractor shall be repaired or replaced, at the option of the utility owner,
with materials equal to or better than the original materials.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 100 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
Article 15.3 Construction
The Contractor shall contact utility companies and the Locate Call Center of Alaska prior to construction
to obtain field location of existing utilities and additional information regarding requirements of the utility
company pertaining to the Contractor's work in the vicinity of the utility, including methods of exposing,
shoring and relocating utilities.
Field location marks are intended to show the approximate horizontal location of the utility within 2 feet
either side of the field location mark. The depth of located utilities is not known. The Contractor is
responsible for all damages and/or delays resulting from damage to utilities located within 2 feet
horizontally of field marks, no matter what depth the utility is located. Care shall be taken by the
Contractor to avoid damage to utilities outside of the field locates also. Plan locations of utilities are
diagrammatic only and shall not be scaled to determine actual locations in the field.
The Contractor shall protect and preserve all utilities in a manner acceptable to the utility company and
shall exercise all possible care to avoid damaging existing utilities unless otherwise approved by the utility
company.
When utilities are encountered that would remain exposed upon completion of the project such as may
occur due to lowering of existing grade, the Contractor shall notify the utility company and shall
coordinate and schedule his activities to facilitate the relocation of the utility with the utility company.
The Contractor shall cooperate with the utility company by providing 48 hours written notice to the utility
company prior to work beginning in a specific area and by scheduling his activities such that the utility
company is able to efficiently, as determined by the Engineer, perform such modifications and
relocations.
Article 15.4 Measurement
This item will not be measured.
Article 15.6 Basis of Payment
Payment for this Work shall be incidental to other items of work.
SECTION 90.16 MATERIALS
All materials shall be supplied by the Contractor for this project and shall be included in their respective
bid items.
SECTION 90.17 MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION
Article 17.1 Description
This item shall consist of preparatory work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary
for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the project site; for the
establishment of all offices, buildings, and other facilities necessary for the work on the project; and for
all other work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning and
completing work on the various items on the project site.
Article 17.2 Maximum Allowable Bid
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 101 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
The amount bid for Mobilization and Demobilization may not exceed ten (10) percent of the total amount
of the Basic Bid.
Article 17.3 Measurement
When five (5) percent of the original contract amount is earned from other bid items, fifty (50) percent of
the amount of mobilization, or five (5) percent of the original contract amount, whichever is less, will be
paid.
When ten (10) percent of the original contract amount is earned from other bid items, eighty (80)
percent of the amount of mobilization, or eight (8) percent of, the original contract amount, whichever is
less, will be paid.
Upon completion of all work on the project, payment of the remaining amount bid for Mobilization and
Demobilization of the original contract amount will be paid.
Materials stockpiled will not be included in the percent of original contract measurement.
Article 17.4
Basis of Payment
The item of Mobilization and Demobilization, measured as noted above, will be paid for at the contract
lump sum bid. With the inclusion of this item, it shall be understood that all of the Contractor's
mobilization expense is compensated for in full under Bid Item No. 90.17 and that no adjustments shall
be made in the contract price for mobilization due to under runs or overruns in quantity.
Payment shall be made under the following unit:
UNIT
ITEM
Mobilization and Demobilization
Lump Sum
SECTION 90.18 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
The date of substantial completion shall be the date upon which the improvements, which are the subject
matter of the Contract, are essentially completed and available for the Owners beneficial use for the
purpose and in the manner intended by the contract documents as determined by the Engineer.
SECTION 90.19 DISPOSAL AREAS
The Contractor shall provide a disposal area for unusable excavation, unsuitable materials and other
waste materials from this project. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to obtain the
permission of the Owner(s) of such property for use as a disposal area, at no cost to the City. The
Contractor shall hold the City harmless from all claims and complaints arising from the use of any
disposal area. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the location for off-site disposal before dumping
occurs.
SECTION 90.20 MISCELLANEOUS WORK
The Owner or his representative shall request a written cost proposal from contractor for miscellaneous
items of work. Contractor’s written proposal shall include unit costs for the proposed labor, equipment,
and materials, as well as the total cost for the proposed work.
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
Page 102 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
MATERIALS. Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to accomplish
miscellaneous items of work at the direction of the Engineer.
BASIS OF PAYMENT. Contractor shall not be paid for work done prior to approval by the Engineer of
Contractor’s written cost proposal Payment shall be as agreed upon in written proposal and agreement
between Engineer and Contractor.
Payment shall be made under the following unit:
ITEM
Miscellaneous Work
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation - 2016
UNIT
Contingent Sum
Page 103 of 103
SECTION 5 Special Provisions
SECTION 6
DRAWINGS
Wilson Lane Rehabilitation
SECTION 6 Drawings